new

new
UF
LEX
13
A WORLD OF
MARINE
EQUIPMENT
NEW13
WHISPER POWER®- A wide selection of new products
AQUATIC® - Marine Stereo Equipments
MARVAIR® - Air conditioning systems
page 145 -160
page 32 - 34
page 195 - 201
NEW13
RAILBLAZA™
Three-axis platform
MARINCO®
Wireless Spotlight
SINERGEX®
Battery chargers
RITCHIE®
page 27 Kayak compass
page 107
page 161-162
UFLEX®
Braided sleeving for cables
UFLEX®
Wind & solar RE
page 39
page 106
page 175-182
1
UCS®
HATCH LIFTERS
page 5 to 8
UFLEX®
GAS SPRINGS
page 9 to 14
UFLEX®
2
ELECTRO-MECHANICAL
TRIM TABS
page 15 to 20
INSTATRIM®
HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
page 21 to 24
RAILBLAZA™
MULTIFUNCTIONAL
MOUTING SYSTEMS
page 25 to 31
AQUATIC®
WATERPROOF AV MARINE SYSTEMS
page 32 to 34
RITCHIE®
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
page 35 to 46
UFLEX®
MARINE INSTRUMENTS
page 47 to 58
WEMA®
MARINE MONITORING SYSTEMS
page 59 to 64
Uflex S.r.l. declines any liability for possible
mistakes in this catalogue due to printing
errors.
The descriptions and guidelines shown in this
catalog should be used as general reference
only. For any further information please
contact our Technical Service.
SHURFLO®
PUMPS, BILGE PUMPS,
BLOWERS
page 65 to 74
REVERSO®
OIL CHANGE
SYSTEMS
INDEX
page 75 to 80
UFLEX®
ELECTRIC PUMPS
AND BLOWERS
page 81 to 98
MARINCO®
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS
SPOTLIGHTS, HORNS, WIPERS
page 99 to 114
BEP MARINE®
ELETTRIC PANELS AND INSTRUMENTS
page 115 to 144
WHISPER POWER®
MARINE GENERATOR
COMBI SYSTEMS
3
page 145 to 160
SINERGEX®
BATTERY CHARGERS
page 161 to 162
VICTRON ENERGY®
BATTERY CHARGERS,
INVERTERS, BATTERIES
pag.163 to 174
UFLEX®
WIND & SOLAR
RENEWABLE ENERGY
page 175 to 182
HALYARD® - WAVE®
SILENCER, EXHAUST SYSTEMS
page 183 to 194
MARVAIR®
MARINE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
page 195 to 201
ULTRAFLEX® - UFLEX®
DISPLAY,
MARKETING ITEMS
page 202 to 203
INDEX
Uflex S.r.l. declines any liability for possible
mistakes in this catalogue due to printing
errors.
The descriptions and guidelines shown in this
catalog should be used as general reference
only. For any further information please
contact our Technical Service.
1935-2013
1935 - 2013
Ultraflex Group has 78 years of
experience in manufacturing
and distributing the highest
quality and most innovative
products.
The Ultraflex Group affiliate
Companies that design and
produce widely known
equipments in the marine,
industrial, architectural,
Led technology and alternative
energy fields.
ULTRAFLEX
Quality Management System
Steering and control systems
for pleasure boats
The Ultraflex and Uflex Quality Management Systems are
certified CISQ-IQNet by the Italian Shipping Registry (RINA), in
UFLEX
conformity with the UNI EN ISO 9001 rule, certification n°
6669/02/S (former 420/96). Certification Uflex n° 8875/03/S.
Worldwide distribution
of marine accessories
The quality management system involves all the company
resources and processes starting from the design, in order to:
• Assure product quality to the customer
UFLEX - Renewable Energy
• Set up the actions to maintain and improve the quality
standards constantly
Systems and accessories
for alternative energy applications
• Pursue a continuous process improvement to meet the market
needs
• Maintain and verify conformity with ABYC requirements.
The Ultraflex Environmental Management System is certified
CISQ-IQNet by the Italian Shipping Registry (RINA), in
conformity with the UNI EN ISO 14001. Ultraflex certification
®
ULTRAFLEX CONTROL SYSTEMS
Window and skylight remote controls.
Innovative LED road signs
n° EMS-1282/S.
Constantly test the products to verify their conformity with the
EEC 94/25 and ABYC (American Boat and Yacht Council)
requirements.
INDUSTRIA di LEIVI
Mechanical remote controls
in the industrial field
UFLEX USA
Manufacturing the world’s finest
marine products
ULTRAFLEX CONTROL SYSTEMS
HATCH LIFTERS
Si ringraziano, per la cortese collaborazione, i cantieri Gobbi S.p.A. e Sessa Marine S.p.A.
5
®
S.r.l.
AV SERIES ELECTRICAL HATCH LIFTERS
The AV hatch lifters are electromechanical products, especially designed for marine use on pleasure boats. They allow full
or partial opening and closing of heavy engine hatches, peak tanks, hatch beams etc.
By activating a switch, it is possible to lift the hatch to any desired position from closed to full open; an internal selflocking mechanism will maintain the position preventing any accidental hatch closing. In case of a power failure an
emergency device allows for manual opening.
Ø
Ø 48
1.9”
6
TECHNICAL FEATURES
■ According to the load required, the AV
hatch lifter can be mounted individually, or
in twin cylinder installation for heavier
loads. It is also possible to install more then
two AV actuators in multiple applications.
■ Maximum load for single installations:
1200N (120 kg - 265 lbs)
■ Maximum load for dual installations: 2400N
(240 kg - 529 lbs)
■ Maximum load is recommended not to be
exceeded.
■ Supplied with all mounting hardware.
■ Stainless steel telescopic ram for manual
operation in case of emergency.
■ Available on request without manual
emergency opening device for high
performance boats.
■ Circuit breaker to stop accidental
overloading of the system and electronic
stop at closed or full open position.
■ IP 65 protection rated
■ Speed: 25mm/sec no load applied,
17 mm/sec maximum load
■ Current absorption in single installations:
10A at 12V, 5A at 24V
■ Current absorption in dual installations:
20A at 12V, 10A at 24V
■ AV 12VDC models are Ignition Protected.
UL1500 - ISO8846 approved.
27.5
(1.06”)
A
27.5
(1.06”)
42
(1.65”)
BRACKET
The rear bracket allows
a 125° oscillation range
of the actuator
HATCH LIFTERS
Ø 6.5
LENGTH A
MODEL
PART No.
VOLTS
STROKE
AV 3012
40671 C
12V DC
300 mm (12”)
677 mm (26.6”)
48 mm (1.9”)
AV 3024
40672 E
24V DC
300 mm (12”)
677 mm (26.6”)
48 mm (1.9”)
AV 4512
40582 D
12V DC
450 mm (18”)
827 mm (32.5”)
48 mm (1.9”)
AV 4524
40583 F
24V DC
450 mm (18”)
827 mm (32.5”)
48 mm (1.9”)
AV 6012
40584 H
12V DC
600 mm (24”)
977 mm (38.4”)
48 mm (1.9”)
AV 6024
40585 K
24V DC
600 mm (24”)
977 mm (38.4”)
48 mm (1.9”)
(FULL CLOSED ACTUATOR)
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:
RB12 - 40738 Y
Relay box 12V
RB24 - 40742 C
Relay box 24V
It contains the relays needed for cycle
revertion.
SW20 - 61101 T
1 x 3 way single pole momentary switch
BR/AV - 80382 I
Spare fixing bracket
SW20
RB12
EXTERNAL DIA.
ULYSSES SERIES
ELECTRICAL
LINEAR ACTUATORS
TECHNICAL FEATURES
■ Single installation only
■ Pull and push maximum load: 650N
(65 kg - 144 lbs)
■ Pull and push maximum load is
recommended not to be exceeded.
■ Supplied with all mounting hardware.
■ Aluminium ram.
■ Circuit breaker to stop accidental
overloading of the system and electronic
stop at closed or full open position.
■ IP 65 protection rated
■ Speed:
12V model:
- 5 mm/sec no load applied
- 4 mm/sec maximum load
24V model:
- 8 mm/sec no load applied
- 6 mm/sec maximum load
■ Current absorption: 2A at 12V, 1A at 24V
Ø 34
1.3”
7
A
21
0.8”
20
0.7”
42
1.6”
21
0.8”
Highest installation flexibility: 180°
oscillation range
7,5 0.3”
30
1.2”
7,5
0.3”
57
2.2”
14,5
0.6”
15 14,5
0.6” 0.6”
6,5 6,5
0.2” 0.2”
PART No.
VOLTS
STROKE
ULYSSES 1812
40924 Q
12V DC
180 mm (7”)
515 mm (20.3”)
34 mm (1.3”)
ULYSSES 1824
40926 S
24V DC
180 mm (7”)
515 mm (20.3”)
34 mm (1.3”)
ULYSSES 3012
40925 R
12V DC
300 mm (12”)
635 mm (25.0”)
34 mm (1.3”)
ULYSSES 3024
40927 T
24V DC
300 mm (12”)
635 mm (25.0”)
34 mm (1.3”)
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:
SW20 - 61101 T
1 x 3 way single pole momentary switch
BR/UL - 35697 P
Spare fixing bracket
SW20
(FULL CLOSED ACTUATOR)
EXTERNAL DIA.
HATCH LIFTERS
LENGTH A
MODEL
AV AND
ULYSSES
SERIES
ELECTRICAL
HATCH
LIFTERS
8
AV Actuator
AV Actuator
Switch
(optional)
Switch
(optional)
Relay Box
(optional)
Relay Box
(optional)
Battery
(not supplied)
Battery
(not supplied)
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
AV Series Hatch Lifters
• nº 1 AV actuator for single installation (Fig.1)
• nº 2 AV actuators for dual installation (Fig.2)
• External diameter: 1.9” (48 mm)
• Length at closed position:
14.8” (377 mm)+ stroke
• Maximum oscillation range: 125°
INSTALLATION
• The following equation will help you to
calculate the maximum strength (Fmax)
required from the hatch lifter to open your
hatch, knowing the dimensions and weight
of the hatch and the position of the
mounting brackets.
ULYSSES Series actuators
• nº 1 Ulysses actuator (Fig.1)
no dual installation
• External diameter: 1.3” (34 mm)
• Length at closed position:
12.1” (308 mm)+ stroke
• Maximum oscillation range: 180°
Power supply cable:
• AV and ULYSSES actuators are supplied
with 5 ft (1,5 m) of electrical cable
• Warning: in case of longer cable length
required, do not substitute the existing
harness, but make a junction following the
instructions supplied with the product.
Two way push-button with central off
position (optional)
Fuse (not supplied)
Fmax =
HATCH LIFTERS
x
d
x
b
L
a
P = weight of the hatch in Newton
c, a, b = dimensions in metres indicated in
Fig. 3 and Fig. 4
L = hatch lifter length when in closed position
Maximum load (Fmax):
• AV Series actuators:
1200 N (120 kg - 265 lbs) single installation,
pushing only
2400 N (240 kg - 530 lbs) dual installation
pushing only
Note: when the load exceeds 2400 N (240 kg
- 530 lbs), it is possible to install more then
two AV actuators
• ULYSSES actuators:
650 N (65 kg - 144 lbs) single installation
only, both pull and push
Battery (not supplied)
Fig. 3
P
2
Fig. 4
GAS SPRINGS
9
UFLEX GAS
SPRINGS
Gas springs are pneumatic force accumulators mainly used to lift, hold open and smoothly lower
hatches, covers, lids and doors. A gas spring, not equipped with a lock device, functions as
follows: the pressure of the compressed nitrogen gas contained in a tube provides the extension
force of the spring as the result of the difference between the internal tube pressure and the
atmospheric pressure. The gas flows from the highest to the lowest pressure compartment of the
tube through a self-cleaning orifice in the piston rod causing the spring rod to telescope out of
the pressure tube.
Each tube incorporates a small quantity of oil that provides lubrication of the seals and of the
piston rod and, at the same time, a damping medium to control the opening speed of the cover
or hatch.
SLO
W
10
FAST
TEST
STROKE
INSTALLATION
Ideal damping conditions are obtained when the spring gas is mounted with an angle of 30° from
the vertical axis with the piston rod turned towards the hinge point: this proper installation
provides optimal performance and appropriate oil damping operation.
If your application allows for quite large opening angles, a pointing up piston rod mounting may
be more appropriate, especially if the opening operation includes the passage of the rod from
the horizontal position. When the spring rotates from B to C, the oil leaks into the gas through
the orifice in the piston rod; the residual quantity of oil that remains between rod and conductors
provides appropriate spent travel damping.
With the piston rod pointing down and the spring in closed position, the oil is almost all leaked
into the gas through the holes and the residual quantity of oil remained between internal surface
and piston head is not sufficient to provide a good spent travel damping.
C
C
B
CORRECT
GAS SPRINGS
WARNING
A
B
INCORRECT
A
The rod surface should be protected against physical or chemical damages.
Lateral loads should be carefully avoided.
Attachment pivots should be well aligned.
Springs should be mounted according to previous installation instructions ensuring correct
orientation.
■ Tensile forces exceeding the output force as indicated for each single spring should be
avoided.
■ Working temperature – 30 ° C and + 80 °C.
■
■
■
■
BLACK
PAINTED GAS
SPRINGS
Nitro-protected steel rod and marine
corrosion resistant black painted cylinder
(0.7”)
Ø 18,5
Ø 8 (0.3”)
L total ±2
11
STROKE
TOTAL
LENGTH
STROKE
OUTPUT
FORCE
ROD
DIA.
mm (“)
mm (“)
Kg (lbs)
mm (“)
SIDE A
TYPE
U95-5
U95-10
U95-20
257 (10.1)
257 (10.1)
257 (10.1)
95 (3.7)
95 (3.7)
95 (3.7)
5 (11.0)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
1
1
1
U140-10
U140-20
U140-30
365 (14.4)
365 (14.4)
365 (14.4)
142 (5.6)
142 (5.6)
142 (5.6)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
U235-10
U235-20
U235-30
U235-40
550
550
550
550
234
234
234
234
10
20
30
40
8
8
8
8
U260-20
U260-30
U260-40
600 (23.6) 262 (10.3) 20 (44.0)
600 (23.6) 262 (10.3) 30 (66.1)
600 (23.6) 262 (10.3) 40 (88.1)
U300-30
U300-40
U300-50
MODEL
END FITTING
SIDE B
TYPE
OEM
AFTERMARKET
PACKAGING PACKAGING
Part No.
Part No.
2
2
2
64312 G
64313 J
64314 L
64412 L
64413 N
64414 R
1
1
1
1
1
1
64315 N
64316 R
64317 T
64415 T
64416 V
64417 X
(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.3)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
64318 V 64418 Z
64319 X 64419 B
64320 F 64420 K
64321 H 64421 M
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
2
2
2
3
3
3
64322 K 64422 P
64323 M 64423 S
64324 P 64424 U
683 (26.8) 300 (11.8) 30 (66.1) 10 (0.4)
683 (26.8) 300 (11.8) 40 (88.1) 10 (0.4)
683 (26.8) 300 (11.8) 50 (110.2) 10 (0.4)
2
2
2
2
2
2
65297 V
65298 X
65299 Z
(21.6)
(21.6)
(21.6)
(21.6)
(9.2)
(9.2)
(9.2)
(9.2)
(22.0)
(44.0)
(66.1)
(88.1)
65300 E
65301 G
65302 J
NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.
Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)
END FITTINGS
TYPE 2
Welded Eyelet
TYPE 3
Threaded Eyelet
APPLICATIONS
Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, nevertheless
it is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.
For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.
PACKAGING
UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarket packaging.
Please specify when ordering.
GAS SPRINGS
TYPE 1
Welded Eyelet
BLACK
PAINTED
GAS SPRINGS
UB SERIES
M6
12
(0.7”)
Ø 18,5
Ø 8 (0.3”)
L total ±2
M6
Nitro-protected steel rod and marine
corrosion resistant black painted
cylinder. Thermoplastic ball bearing end
fittings to be threaded on.
STROKE
NOTE:
End fittings to be
ordered separately
Kit XB01 - 66510 K
TOTAL
LENGTH
STROKE
OUTPUT
FORCE
ROD
DIA.
mm (“)
mm (“)
kg (lbs)
mm (“)
Part No.
Part No.
UB100-5
UB100-10
UB100-20
275 (10.8)
275 (10.8)
275 (10.8)
100 (3.9)
100 (3.9)
100 (3.9)
5 (11.0)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
66420 W
66421 Y
66422 A
66443 J
66444 L
66445 N
UB120-10
UB120-20
UB120-30
315 (12.4)
315 (12.4)
315 (12.4)
120 (4.7)
120 (4.7)
120 (4.7)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
66423 C
66424 E
66425 G
66446 R
66447 T
66448V
UB150-10
UB150-20
UB150-30
375 (14.7)
375 (14.7)
375 (14.7)
150 (5.9)
150 (5.9)
150 (5.9)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
66426 J
66427 L
66428 N
66449 X
66450 F
66451 H
UB180-10
UB180-20
UB180-30
445 (17.5)
445 (17.5)
445 (17.5)
180 (7.0)
180 (7.0)
180 (7.0)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
66429 R
66430 Z
66431 B
66452 K
66453 M
66454 P
UB220-10
UB220-20
UB220-30
UB220-40
525
525
525
525
220
220
220
220
10
20
30
40
8
8
8
8
(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.3)
66432 D
66433 F
66434 H
66436 M
66455 S
66456 U
66457 W
66458 Y
UB250-20
UB250-30
UB250-40
585 (23.0)
585 (23.0)
585 (23.0)
250 (9.8)
250 (9.8)
250 (9.8)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
66437 P
66438 S
66439 U
66459 A
66460 J
66461 L
UB300-30
UB300-40
UB300-50
700 (27.5)
700 (27.5)
700 (27.5)
300 (11.8)
300 (11.8)
300 (11.8)
30 (66.1)
40 (88.1)
50 (110.2)
10 (0.4)
10 (0.4)
10 (0.4)
66440 C
66441 E
66442 G
66462 N
66463 R
66464 T
MODEL
(20.6)
(20.6)
(20.6)
(20.6)
(8.6)
(8.6)
(8.6)
(8.6)
(22.0)
(44.0)
(66.1)
(88.1)
OEM
AFTERMARKET
PACKAGING PACKAGING
NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.
Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)
END FITTINGS
Kit KB01 - 66510 X: 2 ball bearing end
fittings to be threaded on the gas spring
GAS SPRINGS
KB01
18 mm
APPLICATIONS
Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, nevertheless
it is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.
For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.
PACKAGING
UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarket packaging.
Please specify when ordering.
STAINLESS
STEEL
GAS SPRINGS
USS SERIES
AISI 316 stailess steel rod, cylinder and
threaded end fittings
End fittings to be ordered separately
M6
(0.7”)
Ø 18,5
Ø 8 (0.3”)
L total ±2
M6
13
STROKE
NOTE:
End fittings to be
ordered separately:
Kit KSS01 - 66514 F
(ball-joint)
or
Kit KSS02 - 66512 B
(clevis)
TOTAL
LENGTH
STROKE
OUTPUT
FORCE
ROD
DIA.
mm (“)
mm (“)
kg (lbs)
mm (“)
Part No.
Part No.
USS100-5
USS100-10
USS100-20
275 (10.8)
275 (10.8)
275 (10.8)
100 (3.9)
100 (3.9)
100 (3.9)
5 (11.0)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
66465 V
66466 X
66467 Z
66487 F
66488 H
66489 K
USS120-10
USS120-20
USS120-30
315 (12.4)
315 (12.4)
315 (12.4)
120 (4.7)
120 (4.7)
120 (4.7)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
66468 B
66469 D
66470 M
66490 U
66491 W
66492 Y
USS150-10
USS150-20
USS150-30
375 (14.7)
375 (14.7)
375 (14.7)
150 (5.9)
150 (5.9)
150 (5.9)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
6 (0.2)
66471 P
66472 S
66473 U
66493 A
66494 C
66495 E
USS180-10
USS180-20
USS180-30
445 (17.5)
445 (17.5)
445 (17.5)
180 (7.0)
180 (7.0)
180 (7.0)
10 (22.0)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
66474 W
66475 Y
66476 A
66496 G
66497 J
66498 L
USS220-10
USS220-20
USS220-30
USS220-40
525
525
525
525
220
220
220
220
10
20
30
40
8
8
8
8
(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.3)
(0.3)
66477 C
66478 E
66479 G
66480 R
66499 N
66500 U
66501 W
66502 Y
USS250-20
USS250-30
USS250-40
585 (23.0)
585 (23.0)
585 (23.0)
250 (9.8)
250 (9.8)
250 (9.8)
20 (44.0)
30 (66.1)
40 (88.1)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
8 (0.3)
66481 T
66482 V
66483 X
66503 A
66504 C
66505 E
USS300-30
USS300-40
USS300-50
700 (27.5)
700 (27.5)
700 (27.5)
300 (11.8)
300 (11.8)
300 (11.8)
30 (66.1)
40 (88.1)
50 (110.2)
10 (0.4)
10 (0.4)
10 (0.4)
66484 Z
66485 B
66486 D
66506 G
66507 J
66508 L
MODEL
(20.6)
(20.6)
(20.6)
(20.6)
(8.6)
(8.6)
(8.6)
(8.6)
(22.0)
(44.0)
(66.1)
(88.1)
OEM
AFTERMARKET
PACKAGING PACKAGING
NOTE: The total length is measured from center pivot line to end fitting at fully extended spring.
Further lengths, strokes and output forces available on request (20 pieces each size minimum order)
Kit KSS01 - 66514 F: 2 stainless steel ball
bearing end fittings to be threaded on the gas
spring
Kit KSS02 - 66512 B: 2 stainless steel eyelet
end fittings to be threaded on the gas spring
19 mm
KSS01
22 mm
KSS02
APPLICATIONS
Uflex provides gas springs in a variety of pressures to suit various installation needs, nevertheless
it is the customer who decides which is the most convenient selection for a specific application.
For more detailed information, please contact our Technical Service.
PACKAGING
UFLEX gas springs are supplied in OEM or in Aftermarket packaging.
Please specify when ordering.
GAS SPRINGS
END FITTINGS
GAS SPRING
MOUNTING BRACKETS
50-1.9”
37.6-1.5”
7.5-0.3“
12-0.5”
3-0.1”
Flat bracket:
SI 20 - 64327 W
SSN 20 - 65289 W - With self-locking nuts
50-1.9”
SI 22
SSN 22
3-0.1”
SI 22/SSN 22
POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL BRACKETS
AND STUDS TO CARRY BALL BEARING
END FITTINGS
3-0.1”
7.5-0.3“
12-0.5”
Flat bracket:
SB 10 - 66540 G
SSN 21
25.2-1,0”
37-1.4”
8-0.3”
33-1.3”
50-1.9”
SI 21
50-1.9”
37.6-1.5”
Square bent bracket with reverse
attachment point:
SI 22 - 64329 A
SSN 22 - 65291 G - With self-locking nuts
SSN 20
3-0.1”
SI 21/SSN 21
Square bent bracket with forward
attachment point:
SI 21 - 64328 Y
SSN 21 - 65290 E - With self-locking nuts
SI 20
25.2-1,0”
14
33-1.3”
POLISHED STAINLESS STEEL
BRACKETS AND STUDS
37-1.4”
8-0.3”
SI 20/SSN 20
SB10
SB10
50-1.9”
25.2-1,0”
33-1.3”
Square bent bracket with reverse
attachment point:
SB 12 - 66542 L
37-1.4”
8-0.3”
Square bent bracket with forward
attachment point:
SB 11 - 66541 J
3-0.1”
SB11
GAS SPRINGS
SB12
BLACK THERMOPLASTIC BRACKETS
WITH ZINC PLATED
STEEL STUDS
SP 10 - 64325 S
SP 10
SP 11 - 64326 U
SP 11
25.2-1,0”
33-1.3”
50-1.9”
37-1.4”
8-0.3”
SB11
3-0.1”
SB12
®
ELECTROMECHANICAL TRIM TABS
15
UFLEX ELECTROMECHANICAL TRIM TAB SYSTEMS
Improve fuel economy and passenger comfort with Uflex electromechanical trim tabs. Featuring electropolished stainless
steel planes and low consumption, high speed, composite actuators, these tabs are built to last in the most demanding
sea conditions.
Uflex trim tabs have been specifically designed for easy installation using a quick connect bracket-actuator, requiring
only one small hole per tab through the transom. The patented transom mounting bracket encapsulates the wiring to
ensure protection against any wiring damage.
Uflex trim tab systems are available in 2 versions:
MTW systems with white actuators and brackets
ELECTROMECHANICAL TRIM TABS
16
MTB systems with black actuators and brackets
FEATURES
■ Operating system with hardened steel ballscrew, suitable
■
■
■
■
■
■
to withstand high push loads.
EASYJOY: prompt and easy control with the innovative
use of a Joystick (PATENTED)
AUTO LINE-UP: automatic flap re-alignment function
Completely sealed thermoplastic resin tab actuators:
maximum protection guaranteed by dual seals and a
rubber bellow (PATENTED)
Snap-in system (PATENTED) with protected harness for
an easy installation
Stainless steel rod and tabs
The innovative profile of the tabs increases the
efficiency of the system
■ The top surface of the tabs is mirror polished to give
higher resistance to marine environment
■ Hole hinge design (PATENTED) allows for precise retrofit
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
replacement with Lenco® and Bennett® same size tabs
Fully maintenance free
Voltage:12V DC
Actuator total length (full closed): 301 mm (11.8”)
Stroke: 57 mm (2.25”)
Waterproof: IP68 protection
CE Certification
Meets with the EN 60945 standards
STANDARD COMPONENTS
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS
(SINGLE ACTUATOR PER TAB)
■ 1 extension wiring harness kit for the power cable
■ 1 pair of electromechanical actuator (white or black
version) complete with connection brackets and 1 m
(3.28’) wiring harness.
■ 1 Easyjoy (joystick) control unit with 0.50 m (1.64’)
wiring harness
■ 1 pair of stainless steel tabs. Tabs are sold separately:
specify selected size when ordering
and the actuator cables. Deutsch plugs included
■ 1 second station Easyjoy-2 (joystick) control unit with
0.50 m (1.64’) wiring harness
■ 1 zinc alloy sacrificial anode kit to neutralize the
galvanic currents on tabs ( 2 anode kits for every 1
pair tab installation)
17
FLY BRIDGE STATION
“EASYJOY-2”
MASTER STATION
“EASYJOY”
TO NEUTRAL
SAFETY SWITCH
OF CONTROL BOX
STANDARD
STANDARD INSTALLATION
BENNETT®
RETROFIT
A: 228.6 mm - 9”
A: 304.8 mm - 12”
B: 19.5 mm - 0.77”
B: 21 mm - 0.83”
INSTALLATION WITH
BENNETT® RETROFIT BRACKET
APPLICATIONS
BOAT
LENGTH
BOAT LENGTH
(m)
TAB SIZE
(length x width)
TAB SIZE
(cm)
14' - 18'
4,5 - 5,5
9" x 9"
22,8 x 22,8
16' - 25'
5,0 - 8,0
12" x 9"
30,5 x 22,8
18' - 30'
5,5 - 9,0
12" x 12"
30,5 x 30,5
26' - 36'
8,0 - 11,0
18" x 12"
45,7 x 30,5
These recommendations
should be used as a general reference only.
Final selection should be
made with the assistance of a qualified installation technician.
For any further information please contact our
Thecnical Service
ELECTROMECHANICAL TRIM TABS
SNAP-IN
ACTUATORS
AW12 - 41838 U
12 VDC Actuator and brackets – White colour
1 m (3.28’) wiring harness included
AW12
18
AB12 - 41842 J
12 VDC Actuator and brackets – Black colour
1 m (3.28’) wiring harness included
AB12
ELECTROMECHANICAL TRIM TABS
Full closed actuator
Full open actuator
CONTROL UNIT
EASYJOY 41849 Z
Main station compact control unit with joystick
(PATENTED) Auto line -up function included
(automatic flap re-alignment) 0.50 m (1.64’)
wiring harness included
■ 70 mm (2.76”) hole size
EASYJOY-2 42306 N
Second station control unit with joystick;
0.50 m (1.64’) wiring harness included
EASYJOY
■ 70 mm (2.76”) hole size
EASYJOY - Dimensions
TABS
Stainless steel , mirror electro-polished trim tab
blades. Innovative design allows for excellent
performances.
No need for new holes in case of Lenco® or
Bennett® same size replacements
WEIGHT PER PAIR
KG (LBS)
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
P99
41844 N
Stainless steel tab pair 9"x9"
2,8 kg (6,2 lbs)
P912
41845 R
Stainless steel tab pair 9"x12"
3,6 kg (7,9 lbs)
P1212
41846 T
Stainless steel tab pair 12"x12"
4,6 kg (10,1 lbs)
P1218
41847 V
Stainless steel tab pair 18"x18"
6,7 kg (14,8 lbs)
19
OPTIONAL COMPONENTS
EXTENSION WIRING HARNESS KITS
KE20 - 42378 R
Kit includes one 5,0 m (16.4’) length wiring
harness extension for the power cable and two
6,0 m (19.7’) length wiring harness extensions
for the actuator cables. Deutsch plugs included
KE30 - 42379 T
Kit includes one 5,0 m (16.4’) length wiring
harness extension for the power cable and two
9,0 m (29.5’) length wiring harness extensions
for the actuator cables. Deutsch plugs included
Extension for actuator cables
ANODE KITS
Zinc alloy anode kit neutralizes the galvanic
currents endangering the trim tabs. 2 anode kits
are necessary for every 1 pair tab installation.
KA70 - 42441 V
Ø 70 sacrificial anode kit for tab up to 12” x 12”
size.
KA90 - 42442 X
Ø 90 sacrificial anode kit for tab 12” x 18” size
KA70
KA90
RETROFIT BRACKETS
FOR BENNETT® TRIM TABS
BNKW or BNKB brackets will adapt Uflex trim
tabs to pre-existing mounting holes, in case of
Bennett® replacement. Srews included.
BNKW - 41885 U - white bracket
BNKB - 42360 V - black bracket
BNKW
BNKB
ELECTROMECHANICAL TRIM TABS
Extension for
power cable
SPARE PARTS
DESCRIPTION
20
PART No.
White bracket kit - actuator-boat
42297 R
Black bracket kit - actuator-boat
42298 T
White bracket kit - actuator-tab
42295 L
Black bracket kit - actuator-tab
42296 N
Wiring harness extension for power cable 5,0 m (16.4’)
42440 T
Wiring harness extension for actuator cable 6,0 m (19.7’)
42302 E
Wiring harness extension for actuator cable 9,0 m (29.5’)
42439 J
ELECTROMECHANICAL TRIM TABS
PACKAGED UFLEX TRIM TAB SET
The prepackaged
UFLEX set includes 1
pair of actuators
complete with brackets and 1 EASYJOY
Joystick.
The tabs are not included and sold separately: selected model
has to be specified
when ordering.
WHITE ACTUATOR SET - 12VDC
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
MTW12
41854 S
2 white actuators 12VDC + 1 Easyjoy Joystick
BLACK ACTUATOR SET - 12VDC
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
MTB12
41864 V
2 black actuators 12VDC + 1 Easyjoy Joystick
CE Certification
Waterproof: IP68
EN60945 Certification
ELECTROHYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
21
BOAT ATTITUDE CORRECTION SYSTEM (TRIM TABS)
In boating performance is key. During acceleration or cruising, many factors can create unnecessary drag and an
inefficient upward or listing attitude. You correct this with the simple touch of a switch: InstaTrim will deflect water
downward to raise the stern and lower the bow.
Automatically you are up and running and cruising at peak performance with drammatically increased visibility, speed
and control.
22
ELECTROHYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
Note: two hydraulic
cylinders per tab are
supplied from 36” (92
cm) and larger tabs.
One cylinder per tab complete set
Components:
■ Motor 12V DC
(24V DC on request)
■ 1 Pair of stainless steel tabs
■ 1 Pair of hydraulic cylinders complete with
fitting
■ 1 Litre of hydraulic oil
■ 1 Water resistant rocker switch
■ Hydraulic hose and harness
■ 1 Funnel
Two cylinders per tab complete set
Components:
■ Motor 12V DC
(24V DC on request)
■ 1 Pair of stainless steel tabs
■ 2 Pair of hydraulic cylinders complete with
fitting
■ 1 Litre of hydraulic oil
■ 1 Water resistant rocker switch
■ Hydraulic hose and harness
■ 1 Funnel
GENERAL SIZING RECOMMENDATIONS
ENGINE
Single outboard or
I/O’s
Twin engine
outboard or I/O
Inboards
BOAT LENGTH
TAB SIZE (cm)
TAB SIZE (in)
PART No.
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
-
25 x 20
10” x 8”
61080 N
10.1 (22.3)
-
30 x 20
12” x 8”
60096 U
11.4 (25.1)
-
46 x 20
18” x 8”
60194 Y
12.7 (27.9)
-
30 x 28
12” x 11”
60197 B
12.7 (27.9)
-
35 x 28
14” x 11”
60953 P
14.2 (31.3)
-
46 x 28
18” x 11”
60198 E
15.5 (34.2)
-
61 x 28
24” x 11”
60199 F
16.8 (37.0)
22’ - 25’
61 x 20
24” x 8”
60195 Z
14.5 (31.9)
22’ - 25’
76 x 20
30” x 8”
60196 A
16.3 (35.9)
26’ - 29’
92 x 20
36” x 8”
60262 M*
18.2 (40.1)
30’ - 36’
102 x 20
40” x 8”
60828 N*
19.8 (43.6)
* Two hydraulic cylinders per tab
Note: other tabs measurements are available on request.
ACCESSORIES
■ 62595 M - Tab locator - Single
station - Black
■ 62596 P - Tab locator - Additional
station - Black
■ 62597 S - Tab locator - Single
station - White
■ 63222 A - Water resistant rocker
switch round - Additional station
■ 62598 U - Tab locator - Additional
station - White
Note: Do not simultaneously activate
one tab up and the other tab down.
23
8X
6179
SPARE
PARTS
56 P
25’ 608
2G
6091
1F
6091
60854 N
3A
6381 )
(1 pz
z)
t (4 p
racke
Set B 0855 O
6
5H
6090
7F
6099
3M
6085
Cylinder 60853 M length: 240 mm (9.5”)
Warning
The page 90 general guideline makes the selection easier, however final selection should be
made with the assistance of a qualified installation technician. When given a choice of more
than one tab size, the largest trim tabs possible for your boat are the most efficient.
NOTE: These part numbers refer to 12 Volt systems. 24 Volt systems available on request.
ELECTROHYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
1G
6123
2A
6322
Boat
Leveler Co.
UNIVERSAL MOTOR PUMP
Universal Motor Pump that fits all brands of hydraulic trim tab motor pumps (eg. Bennett
and Trim Master).
24
Universal Motor Pump - 63736 J
FEATURES
■ Pump has an adjustable pressure relief valve set at 28 Bar.
■ Built-in bypass to permit fluid circulation in order to prevent pump stalling.
ELECTROHYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
■ Motor has thermal overload protection.
■ Kit includes all necessary fittings for a 12V single cylinder system.
■ Kit contains biodegradable oil and funnel.
■ Heavy duty solenoid valves that lock cylinder in place.
■ 45 cm (18”) wire harness with colour coding instructions for other brands.
■ Installation instruction included.
COLOURFUL PACKAGING
■
Complete InstaTrim®
system kit in a colourful
promotional packaging.
■
Especially designed for
distributors.
■
When ordering, please
specify the optional
packaging.
25
Strong, versatile, multifunctional
mounting systems and accessories
for leisure and adventure sports
on the water.
Sailboats
Jetskis
Powerboats
Dinghies
Ribs/Inflatables
Stand-up paddleboards
Kayaks
ATVS
MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOUTING SYSTEMS
STARPORT™ - TRACPORT™
STARPORT™, RAILMOUNT AND RIBPORT MOUNTING SYSTEMS
STARPORT™ MOUNTING SYSTEM
RAILBLAZA StarPorts™ are modeled on the existing winch handle receivers on most top brand sailboat winches, and
can be surface or recess-mounted on any sail or power boat, kayak, utility vehicle or ATV.
MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOUTING SYSTEMS
26
StarPorts™ mounting system is supplied with all mounting hardware and must be
ordered separately from the requested accessory.
■ StarPort™ can be horizontally or vertically mounted
■ Low profile surface mount and minimal intrusion depth when recess mounting.
■ Each StarPort™ includes a stylish locking slide for securing accessories firmly in place.
■ Gasket and bung reduces water ingress.
67664 G - StarPort black - 1 pair
67665 J - StarPort white 1 pair (optional)
68090 M - StarPort black - 1 piece
new
SIDEPORT MOUNTING SYSTEM
If you need to mount on a vertical surface, but require a horizontal socket, the SidePort is the mount for you. It is
ideally suited for gunwales of smaller aluminium boats or vertical cockpit wells on kayaks.
68092 S - SidePort black
68096 A - SidePort white (optional)
RAILMOUNT MOUNTING SYSTEM
Allows you to mount your StarPort™ to a 20-25 mm or 32 mm rail, creating new places and purpose for RAILBLAZA
accessories. RailMount™ (without StarPorts™) are supplied in pairs.
67666 L - Railmount black 20-25 mm
67667 N - Railmount white 20-25 mm (optional)
67674 K - Railmount black 32 mm
67675M - Railmount white 32 mm (optional)
RIBPORT MOUNTING SYSTEM
RibPort™ add useful StarPort™ attachments to your inflatable without having holes cut into the tubing.
Completely compatible with all StarPort™ accessories.
67668 R - RibPort white
67669 T - RibPort grey (optional)
ACCESSORIES FOR STARPORT™, RAILMOUNT AND RIBPORT MOUNTING SYSTEMS
ADJUSTABLE PLATFORM MOUNT
Allows the attachment of any platform-type product to a StarPort™, ex.
bait boards, barbeques, tables, etc.
■ Supplied in singles
■ Adjustable angles forward and
back 90°
67638 F - Adjustable platform black
67639 H - Adjustable platform white (optional)
27
THREE-AXIS PLATFORM
new
The three-axis platform is the answer if you need real flexibility in a mount.
Designed with sounders and GPS devices in mind, you can now view from
any angle.
ROTATING PLATFORM
new
A platform for mounting sounders or chartplotters, where a fixed plane
surface is required, but rotation is needed. The thick plastic surface allows
for self-tapping screws to be used for mounting.
68098 E - Rotating platform black, 102 mm (4”)
68099 G - Rotating platform black, 150x70 mm (6”x2”)
BOOM MOUNTS
The perfect way to hold your camera and capture the action when you’re
hauling in a record-breaking marlin or about to take line honours. At over
700 mm (27.5”) long and fully adjustable with 4 moving joints, the
CameraBoom 600 is so flexible it has been asked “how did they ever shoot
that angle?”.
The PlatformBoom 150 will allow the mounting of heavier items – up to
2.5 kg (5.5 lbs) – including sounders and
GPS displays, but still give the flexibility
of 4 moving joints.
68094 W - Camera boom 600
68095 Y - Platform Boom 150
new
MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOUTING SYSTEMS
68097 C - Three-axis platform black
ROD HOLDER
Ideal for family and casual fishing.
■ Fully adjustable 360° around, 90° vertical
■ Allows easy access to reel while in position
■ Free your hands up for more mischief
■ Optional locking mechanism for sailboat winch applications is
supplied
67636 B - Rod Holder black (67637 D - Rod Holder white, optional)
28
FILLET TABLE / BAITBOARD
A firm cutting surface that contains the mess, and is easily removed for
cleaning, or to re-task your StarPorts™ for something new. The table is
mounted on the StarPort™ Adjustable Platform Mounts, meaning the
surface can be tilted up to 90° from horizontal.
MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOUTING SYSTEMS
67656 H
67657 K
- Fillet table / baitboard dim. 465x340x50mm
- Fillet table / baitboard dim. 570x390x50mm
new
FILLET TABLE II
The design allows for knife storage, has an all-round drain that stops
spill from the front, and no front lip to get in the way while filleting. It
includes two adjustable platforms.
69000 N
- Fillet table 465x340x50 mm (18.3”x13.4”x2”)
DIVE BOTTLE HOLDER KIT
Take care of your air. The Dive Bottle Holder Kit comes with the RAILBLAZA Dive Bottle pad, two StarPorts™,
WEBEYE30s and strap. Strap dive bottles in, or when the pad isn't needed,
re-task the StarPorts™ with any other RAILBLAZA™ StarPort™ attachments.
The pad alone can be used to transport bottles in your vehicle.
67683 L
67694 S
- Dive bottle kit
- Dive bottle pad only
CUPCLAM
Can be mounted in either horizontally or vertically mounted StarPorts™, to hold
mugs, stubbies, wine glasses, even cell phones.
The extendable fingers hold the taller items in place, yet everything collapses
into a convenient flat-pack for storage.
■ Supplied in singles
■ Adjustable angles forward and back 90°
67658 M
- Cupclam black
67659 P
- Cupclam white (optional)
29
67692 M
67691 K
- Fixed mount
- Adjustable mount
SCREENGRABBA
new
The ScreenGrabba holds your portable screen, tablet or touchscreen firmly, while allowing 360° horizontal rotation
and over 90° of tilt.
68093 U
- Screengrabba black
BIMINI SUPPORT
Simple to use, this support is designed to secure biminis, canopies and covers to your boat, with
the advantage of being easily removed using the StarPort™ System.
Bimini Supports are supplied in pairs.
67660 Y
- Bimini support black
MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOUTING SYSTEMS
MOBILE DEVICE HOLDER
The holder uses a retaining strap to ensure your mobile device doesn't escape.
Be it an iPhone, GPS, VHF, small fire extinguisher, or any of a
wide range of devices, the Mobi will hold it securely, and only let
go when you let it. Available in two models: adjustable or fixed.
HOOK 25, EYE 25, WEBEYE 30
These simple accessories can be used in myriad ways. WEBEYEs are crafted for webbing
straps to reduce fold over. Each accessory is supplied in pairs.
67643 Y
67640 S
67644 A
- Hook 25 black
- Eye 25 black
- Webeye 30 black
30
G-HOLDS
Hold varying sizes of poles, like boathooks, oars, gaffs, long stabby things. G-HOLDs are
supplied in pairs and available in white on request.
■ Three diameters - 35, 50 or 75 mm (1.3, 2 or 3 in)
■ The flexible quick-release strap has two securing points for minimum and maximum
diameters.
MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOUTING SYSTEMS
67646 E
67648 J
67650 V
- 35 mm black
- 50 mm black
- 75 mm black
FLAGPOLE
Light and strong, whether you need to mount a diving
flag or just proudly display your allegiance to your club,
sport, country or hoist the Jolly Roger.
Easily removing for stowing.
67652 Z
- Flagpole
FLAGWHIP
Light, mobile & flexible, ideal for kayaks or wherever you need to be seen. It increase
visual presence on the water or farm.
■ Length: 1200 mm
■ Supplied with 300x150 mm pennant
■ Easily removed for transporting
67654 D - Flagwhip black
67655 F - Flagwhip white (optional)
STARPORT™ ATTACHMENT ADAPTER
Attach this adapter to any item you want, to make it StarPort™ compatible.
67662 C
(67663 E
- Adapter black
- Adapter white (optional)
TRACPORT™ SUPPORTS
TRACPORT™
RAILBLAZA's TracPort™ mounting system 'floats' above your insulation, providing a strong, versatile framework to
hold fuel filters, pumps, battery switches, black boxes and a whole lot more. You can add,
move and remove equipment on TracPort™ without cutting more insulation
from your engine room. You can even span across pipes,
hoses and wiring looms, reclaiming more installation space!
TracPort™ is also 100% compatible with RAILBLAZA's StarPort™
range of handy interchangeable accessories, including eyes,
hooks, G-HOLDs and adjustable platform mounts.
31
■ Adjustable positioning on the extrusion
■ Mounting above engine room insulation, hoses and wiring, etc.
■ Avoids drilling multiple holes in bulkheads and panels
TRACPORT™ STARTER PACK
The basic extrusion, including mounting feet, endcaps, infill and all screws needed for
installation.
TracPort™ extrusions come in 0.5, 1.0 and 1.5 m lengths, and are joinable.
67629 E - Kit TracPort™ 500, length 500 mm
67630 N - Kit TracPort™ 1000, length 1000 mm
67631 R - Kit TracPort™ 1500, length 1500 mm
Strong and affordable, it includes one extrusion length 500 mm (19.7”), 4
StarPort™ and two StarPort™ adaptor for mounting. It allows to add and
remove whole collections of StarPort™ accessories easily and quickly.
68088 B - TracPort™ DASH 500
MOUNTING PADS
Equipment may be screwed or bolted into the pad. For larger equipment, two or more pads may be used to bridge
the equipment along the extrusion. Ideally suited for mounting fuel filters, pumps, battery switches and a whole lot
more.
Note: Please note that this is NOT a StarPort™
accessory: the Mounting Pad bolts directly to the
TracPort™.
67632 T
67633 V
- Mounting pad (102x102 mm)
- Mounting pad (150x70 mm)
TRACPORT™ INSTALLATION COMPONENTS
TracNuts
Used as a strong
base for connecting
custom equipment
to your TracPort™
system. Supplied
in pairs.
67634 X - TracNut x 2
Connection kit
It allows you to add
another extrusion
in-line with an
existing TracPort™
67635 Z - Connection kit
Infill
It allows you to add another
extrusion in-line with an existing
TracPort™.
67695 U - 500 mm
67696 W - 1000 mm
STARPORT/TRACNUT COMBO
Each StarPort is held on by the StarPort TracNut, specifically designed to slide and grip
within the TracPort™.
67678 U
- StarPort™ TracNut Combo
MULTIFUNCTIONAL MOUTING SYSTEMS
new
TRACPORT™ DASH 500
AQ-DM-4B WATERPROOF
DIGITAL MEDIA LOCKER
Keep your i-Phone, i-Pod or MP3 player dry,
safe and protected
32
View song and radio information on the
remote control display
Control i-Phone, i-Pod, MP3 and FM radio
remotely
WATERPROOF AV MARINE SYSTEMS
AQ-DM-4B - 68065 N
■ Plays i-Phone, i-Pod, MP3, Smartphone.
Patented design
■ 30-pin i-Pod & 3,5 mm Inputs
■ 2-way RF Remote Control with LCD
■ FM Radio with 3 station memory
■ Built-in 288W Amplifier
■ Loudness, Bass, Treble, DSP
■ Balance & Fader
■ 12V Trigger function
■ Waterproof Locker & remote
■ Power Supply: 12V DC
AQ-DM-4B
AQ-DM-4B - Dimensions
AQ-RFDM-4F WIRELESS
FLUSH-MOUNT REMOTE
CONTROL
For use with AQ-DM-4B digital media locker
only
AQ-RFDM-4F - 68240 E
■ 2-way, Wireless, Flush-Mount Remote
Control
■ Range: 15 m (50’)
■ Power Requirement: 12V DC, 50 mA
■ Waterproof IP66 & CFR46 compliant
■ Polished Stainless Steel Bezel
■ RF Receiver included
AQ-RFDM-4F
AQ-RFDM-4F - Dimensions
AQ-IP-3B MULTI-ENVIRONMENT
DIGITAL MEDIA CENTER
AQ-IP-3B
Complete waterproof protection for your iPhone, i-Pod, MP3
33
AQ-IP-3B - 68241 G
■ Plays i-Phone, i-Pod, MP3, FM/AM, Sirius
XM
■ Power Supply: 12V DC
■ 30-pin i-Pod & 3,5 mm Inputs
■ Auxiliary Input
■ FM/AM Radio (30 station memory)
■ Built-in 288W Amplifier
■ Loudness, Bass, Treble, DSP
■ Balance & Fader
■ 12V Trigger function
■ Waterproof IP66 rated
■ Compatible with AQ-RF-3FB 2-way RF
Remote
AQ-IP-3B - Dimensions
AQ-DVD-4B
WATERPROOF DVD
MEDIA CONTROL CENTER
Perfect audio-video reproduction for DVD, CD,
i-Pod, i-Phone, USB, MP3, AM/FM, Dual Zone
AQ-DVD-4B - 68242 J
■ Power Supply: 12V DC
■ Inputs: Video in, USB, Aux In (2x RCA), IR
(3,5 mm Jack)
■ AM/FM Tuner: 18x FM, 12x AM pre-set
memory
■ Built-in 288W Amplifier
■ Waterproof IP66 rated
■ 2x12V Trigger outputs
■ Compatible with AQ-WR-4F wired Remote
Control
AQ-WR-4F - 68251 K
■ Waterproof IP66 rated
■ Power Supply: 12V DC
■ Polished Stainless Steel Bezel
■ Extension cables:
AQ-EXT-12 (3,5 m - 12’) 68252 M
AQ-EXT-24 (7,2 m - 24’) 68335 S
all sold separately
AQ-DVD-4B
AQ-DVD-4B - Dimensions
WATERPROOF AV MARINE SYSTEMS
AQ-RF-3FB - 68243 L
■ RF Receiver included, RF Range: 12 m (40’)
■ To be ordered separately
■ Waterproof IP66 & CFR46 compliant
7.5” 2-WAY
WATERPROOF SPEAKERS
AQ-SPK7.5-DW
AQ-SPK7.5-G
34
SPECIFICATIONS:
■ Waterproof
■ Cone size: 6,5”
■ Tweeter size: 20 mm
■ Impedance: 4 Ohm
■ Frequency response: 80 Hz – 20 kHz
■ Power (max) : 100 W
■ Cone material: polypropylene
■ Tweeter material: neodymium
■ Magnet material: ferrite
■ Weight (single speaker): 840 g
■ Removable grill
■ Mounting hole diameter: 142 mm
■ Outside grill diameter: 195,3 mm
■ Mounting depth: 65 mm
AQ-SPK7.5-DW
AQ-SPK7.5-DW - 68245 R
WATERPROOF AV MARINE SYSTEMS
White Speakers - 1 pair
AQ-SPK7.5-G - 68246 T
Black Speakers - 1 pair
AQ-SPK7.5-G
AQ-RF-34 WIRELESS RF
HANDHELD REMOTE CONTROL
AQ-RF-34 - 68244 N
■ Waterproof Remote Control, compatible
with AQ-IP-3B and AQ-DVD-4B
■ RF Range: 6 m (20’)
■ Waterproof IP66
■ Power Requirement: 1 x CR2302 battery
(3V, 280 mAh, Lithium type)
■ Dimensions (HxWxD): 150x60x11 mm
■ Weight: 70 g
■ RF Receiver included
■ Floating design
■ 2x12V Triggers
AQ-RF-34
AQ-RF-34 - Dimensions
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
35
RITCHIE® MAGNETIC COMPASSES
Since 1861, Ritchie has been making only one
thing – compasses. When properly sized, installed and compensated a marine compass is
the most important instrument on any boat.
It will provide accurate, trouble-free heading
references under the most adverse conditions
without relying on electricity, radio signals or
satellite communications.
36
Quality components aid accuracy, smooth response, stability and trouble-free operation.
SELECTING AND INSTALLING YOUR COMPASS
When you choose your compass, you should always consider four things: mounting style, size, readability of the card
and the design of your boat.
MOUNTING STYLE
DASH MOUNT
Ideal for
powerboats
with limited
dash space
FLUSH/SURFACE MOUNT
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
Ideal for today’s
compact helm
designs
BULKHEAD MOUNT
Often used on sailboats
to reduce interference
with lines and to save
space
BRACKET MOUNT
Can be mounted on the
deck or dash; allows
compass to remain at
proper viewing angle
BINNACLE MOUNT
Features an outer case,
often with a
light-shielding hood
DIAL DESIGN
Dial dimensions refer to apparent dial diameter.
FLAT-CARD DIAL
Allows you to look
down on the compass to see the
course heading
DIRECT-READ DIAL
Allows you to see the
compass heading and
lubber line from directly
in front; good for when
boat design requires
your compass to be
positioned at eye level
COMBI-DIAL
A combination of the directread and flat-card designs;
incorporates dials that can
be read from both above
and directly in front of the
compass and maximizes
readability from any angle
POSITIONING
In an ideal situation, a compass should be mounted directly in front of the helm, as well as directly above the centerline
of the hull. If this is not possible, the compass should be mounted parallel to the centerline. And on powerboats with
upper steering stations, you should have a compass installed at both locations.
This wheel mark symbol denotes conformance with standards
ISO 25862:2009, ISO 101316 (E) and ISO 613:2000 (E)
SPORT® SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 2” (51 mm)
37
X-21BU
X-10-M
X-10W-M
X-10B-M
X-21BB
X-21BU
X-21WW
RITCHIE
MODEL
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
X-10-M
67099 B
2”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
142 g - 5 oz
X-10W-M
67331 C
2”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
142 g - 5 oz
X-10B-M
67332 E
2”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
142 g - 5 oz
X-21BB
67333 G
2”
bulkhead
powerboats
front
12V green
-
142 g - 5 oz
X-21BU
67334 J
2”
bulkhead
powerboats
front
12V green
-
142 g - 5 oz
X-21WW
67335 L
2”
bulkhead
powerboats
front
12V green
-
142 g - 5 oz
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
Mounting
hole
2 1/16” (56 mm)
X-10
X-20
CARD BALANCING
The dials in magnetic compasses should be balanced to compensate for
dip caused by Earth’s magnetic fi eld. All Ritchie® Compasses come
standard for Zone 1 (essentially all of the Northern Hemisphere).
When requesting a compass for Zone 2-7, please indicate the zone
most central to your boating area. Once balanced for a specific Zone,
the compass will maintain accuracy for one Zone north or south.
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
X-10-M
REVERSIBLE BRACKET MOUNT
The fully adjustable and reversible Bracket
allows a mounting range of over 300° from
overhead, through angled and vertical
mounts to horizontal surfaces.
These mounting position options
and your choice of mounting hardware
permit mounting on everything from
windshield or supporting frame structures,
to slanted dashboards and consoles,
to almost any flat, angled
or vertical surface.
TREK® SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 2 1/4” (57 mm)
38
TR-35G
TR-35
TR-31
TR-33
TR-35W
TR-31W
TR-33W
TR-35G
TR-31G
TR-33G
RITCHIE
MODEL
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
TR-31
TR-33W
ADJUSTABLE REVERSIBLE BRACKET
MOUNT
The fully adjustable and reversible bracket
allows a mounting range of over 300° from
overhead, through angled and vertical
mounts to horizontal surfaces.
These mounting position options and your
choice of mounting hardware permit
mounting on everything from windshield or
supporting frame structures, to slanted
dashboards and consoles, to almost any flat,
angled or vertical surface.
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
TR-35
67346 S
2 1/4”
flush
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-35W
67347 U
1
2 /4”
flush
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-35G
67348 W
1
2 /4”
flush
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-31
67349 Y
1
2 /4”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-31W
67350 G
2 1/4”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-31G
67351 J
2 1/4”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-33
67100 G
1
2 /4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-33W
67101 J
1
2 /4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
TR-33G
67316 G
2 /4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
256 g - 9 oz
1
TR-35
TR-31
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
TR-33
ANGLER® SERIES FISHING BOAT COMPASSES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 2 3/4” (70 mm)
39
RA-91
RITCHIE
MODEL
RA-93
S-OFF90
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
RA-91
67352 L
2 3/4”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
RA-93
67353 N
3
2 /4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
S-OFF90
67354 R
2 3/4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
S-OFF90: 90° off for viewing from starboard
Optional protective cover E-50-C 67355 T: for RA-93 and S-OFF90 magnetic compasses
RA-91
RA-93
S-OFF90
KAYAK COMPASSES AND ACCESSORIES
RITCHIE
MODEL
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
DIAL
READING
WEIGHT
XP-99
68295 G
3”
combi dial
454 g - 1 lbs
XP-99W
68296 J
3”
combi dial
454 g - 1 lbs
K-TD.2 - 68297 L (Compass not included). Designed for mouting
the Ritchie Kayaker. No drill, no holes in the deck, flexible pad
and foam ring.
XP-99
XP-99W
XP-99W
XP-99
K-TD-2
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 3” (76 mm)
EXPLORER® SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 2 3/4” (70 mm)
40
S-53G
F-50
V-537B
V-57W.2
B-51W
F-50
B-51
S-53
V-57.2
V-537
F-50W
B-51W
S-53W
V-57W.2
V-537B
B-51G
S-53G
RITCHIE
MODEL
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
D-55
V-537W
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
F-50
67102 L
2 3/4”
flush
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
F-50W
67317 J
3
2 /4”
flush
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
B-51
67103 N
2 3/4”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
B-51W
67356 V
2 3/4”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
B-51G
67318 L
3
2 /4”
bracket
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
S-53
67104 R
3
2 /4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
S-53W
67320 X
3
2 /4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
S-53G
67319 N
2 3/4”
surface
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
V-57.2
67358 Z
2 3/4”
dash
powerboats
front
12V
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
V-57W.2
67359 B
3
2 /4”
dash
powerboats
front
12V
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
V-537
67360 K
3
2 /4”
bulkhead
sail
front
12V
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
V-537B
67361 M
3
2 /4”
bulkhead
sail
front
12V
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
V-537W
67362 P
2 3/4”
bulkhead
sail
front
12V
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
D-55
67357 X
2 3/4”
binnacle
powerboats
front
12V green
built-in
454 g - 1 lbs
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
Optional protective cover E-50-C 67355 T: for F-50, S-53 and D-55 magnetic compasses
Note: V-57.2 and V-537 compasses are adjustable to 30°, heel angle to 25°.
F-50
B-51
S-53
V-57.2
Mounting hole 3” (76 mm)
V-537
Mounting hole 3” (76 mm)
D-55
VOYAGER® SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 3” (76 mm)
F-83
S-87W
41
D-84
B-81
F-82
F-83
B-80
S-87
F-82W
F-83W
B-81
S-87W
RITCHIE
MODEL
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
D-84
67365 W
3”
binnacle
powerboats
flat-card
12V green
built-in
680 g - 1.8 lbs
F-82
67105 T
3”
flush
powerboats
flat-card
12V green
built-in
680 g - 1.8 lbs
F-82W
67367 A
3”
flush
powerboats
flat-card
12V green
built-in
680 g - 1.8 lbs
F-83
67106 V
3”
flush
powerboats
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
567 g - 1.4 lbs
F-83W
67321 Z
3”
flush
powerboats
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
567 g - 1.4 lbs
B-80
67363 S
3”
bracket
powerboats
flat-card
12V green
built-in
680 g - 1.8 lbs
B-81
67364 U
3”
bracket
powerboats
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
680 g - 1.8 lbs
S-87
67322 B
3”
surface
powerboats
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
539 g - 1.3 lbs
S-87W
67366 Y
3”
surface
powerboats
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
539 g - 1.3 lbs
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
Optional protective cover V-80-C 67368 C: for D-84, F-82 and B-80 compasses
Optional protective cover V-83-C 67369 E: for F-83, B-81 and S-87 compasses
D-84
F-82
Mounting hole 4 1/8” (105 mm)
B-80
Compasses with wheel mark symbol are available on request
B-81
F-83
Mounting hole 4 3/16” (107 mm)
S-87
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
F-82W
HELMSMAN™ SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 3 3/4” (94 mm)
42
HF-742
HB-741
HD-744
HF-742
HF-743
HB-740
HD-744
HF-742W
HF-743W
HB-741
HD-745
RITCHIE
MODEL
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
HF-742
67373 V
3 3/4”
flush
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
HF-742W
67323 D
3
3 /4”
flush
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
HF-743
67107 X
3 3/4”
flush
power/sail
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
HF-743W
67375 Z
3 3/4”
flush
power/sail
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
HB-740
67370 N
3
3 /4”
bracket
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
HB-741
67371 R
3
3 /4”
bracket
power/sail
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
HD-744
67108 Z
3
3 /4”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
HD-745
67372 T
3 3/4”
binnacle
power/sail
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
Optional protective cover H-741-C 67376 B: for HF-742, HF-743,HB-740, HB-741,HD-744 and HD-745 compasses
HF-742
HF-743
Mounting hole 4” (102 mm)
HB-740
HB-741
HD-744
HD-745
VENTURE® AND SUPERSPORT™ SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 3 3/4” (94 mm)
43
VENTURE SR-2
SUPERSPORT SS-1002
SUPERSPORT SS-PR2
Mount at any angle up
to 45°
INC-45
SS-1002
SR-CM2
Compensator for
SR-2 compass
(optional)
SS-1002W
RITCHIE
MODEL
SS-PR-2
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
SR-2
67109 B
3 3/4”
bulkhead
sail
combi-dial
-
optional
910 g - 2 lbs
SS-1002
67377 D
3 3/4”
flush
high perform.
power
powerdamp +
flat-card dial
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
SS-1002W
67378 F
3 3/4”
flush
high perform.
power
powerdamp +
flat-card dial
12V green
built-in
907 g - 2 lbs
SS-PR2
67380 S
3 3/4”
bulkhead
powerboats
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
910 g - 2 lbs
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
Optional protective cover H-741-C 67376 B: for SS-1002 compasses
SR-2
Mounting hole: 4 /2” (113 mm)
1
4 5/8” (122 mm) with compensator
SS-1002
Mounting hole 4” (102 mm)
SS-PR-2
Mounting hole 4 /8” (122 mm)
5
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
Venture® compass is provided with protective cover (front and back cover) and with inclinometer INC-45 67381 U.
SR-CM2 67382 W compensator is optional.
Supersport™ SS-PR2 compass is provided with protective cover.
NAVIGATOR™ AND SUPERSPORT™ SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 4 1/2” (114 mm)
44
BN-202
N-LB BOX
FNW-201
FN-201
FN-203
SS-2000
DNB-200
FNW-201
FNW-203
SS-200W
DNW-200
N-LB BOX - 67438 X:
Navigator bulkhead
leveling block for BN202 compass
Weather shield WS-P
(optional) – 67403B
for DN-200 compasses
WS-P
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
DNP-200
DNP-200
RITCHIE
MODEL
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
BN-202
67324 F
4 1/2”
bulkhead mount
power/sail
combi-dial
12V
built-in
1050 g - 2.05 lbs
FN-201
67386 E
1
4 /2”
flush
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
1190 g - 2.1 lbs
FNW-201
67325 H
4 1/2”
flush
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
1190 g - 2.1 lbs
FN-203
67326 K
4 1/2”
flush
power/sail
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
1190 g - 2.1 lbs
FNW-203
67387 G
1
4 /2”
flush
power/sail
combi-dial
12V green
built-in
1190 g - 2.1 lbs
SS-2000
SUPERSPORT
67379 H
4 1/2”
flush
high perform
power
powerdamp +
antivibrazione
12V green
built-in
1190 g - 2.1 lbs
SS-2000W
SUPERSPORT
67327 M
4 1/2”
flush
high perform
power
powerdamp +
flat-card dial
12V green
built-in
1190 g - 2.1 lbs
DNB-200
67391 X
4 1/2”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
1650 g - 3.1 lbs
DNW-200
67392 Z
1
4 /2”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
1650 g - 3.1 lbs
DNP-200
67393 B
4 /2”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V green
built-in
1650 g - 3.1 lbs
1
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
Optional protective cover BN-C 67394 D: for BN-202 compass
Optional protective cover N-203-C 67395 F: for FN-201, FN-203, SS-2000 and DN-200 compasses
FN-201
FN-203
SS-2000
BN-202
Mounting hole 5 3/4” (146 mm)
Mounting hole 5 1/8” (130 mm)
DNP-200
DNB-200
DNW-200
Compasses
with wheel
mark symbol
are available
on request
GLOBEMASTER® AND SUPERSPORT™ SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 5” (127 mm)
45
SP-5C
D-515-EP
D-515-EP
SP-5C
D-515-X
RITCHIE
MODEL
FB-500
SS-5000
SS-5000W
UFLEX
PART No.
DIAL
APP. Ø
MOUNT
BOAT TYPE
DIAL
READING
NIGHT
LIGHTING
SP-5B
67329 S
5”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V/24V green
built-in
2720 g - 6 lbs
SP-5C
67328 P
5”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V/24V green
built-in
2720 g - 6 lbs
D-515-EP
67396 H
5”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V/24V green
built-in
4540 g - 10 lbs
D-515-X
67397 K
5”
binnacle
power/sail
flat-card
12V/24V green
built-in
4540 g - 10 lbs
FB-500
67398 M
5”
flush
power/sail
flat-card
12V/24V green
built-in
2610 g - 5 lbs
SS-5000
SUPERSPORT
67399 P
5”
flush
high perform.
power
powerdamp +
12V/24V green
flat-card dial
built-in
2610 g - 5 lb
SS-5000W
SUPERSPORT
67400 V
5”
flush
high perform.
power
powerdamp +
12V/24V green
flat-card dial
built-in
2610 g - 5 lbs
COMPENSATORS WEIGHT
Voltage available on request: 32V
Optional protective cover GM-5-C 67401 X:
for SP-5 and D-515-EP compasses
Optional protective cover LL-C 67402 Z:
for FB-500 and SS-5000
Weather shield WS-P (optional) 67403 B:
for SP-5 and D-515-EP
All Globemaster® compasses are individually
custom assembled to order.
When ordering a Globemaster® compass
it is important to specify your choice of power
or sailboat model; 2°, 2° w/points, or 5° dial; 12, 24,
or 32-volt night lighting and your choice of
Polished Stainless (P), Black (B) or Polished Brass (X)
finish on all models.
FB-500
SS-5000
SP-5
D-515
Mounting hole 6 /4” (159 mm)
1
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
SP-5B
FB-500
SUPER YACHT SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 5” (127 mm) AND 6” (152 mm)
The Super Yacht Series is a unique
blend of heritage polished bronze bezel, dial bushing and modern Ritchie
compass technology.
46
Your compass can be personalized
with engraving on the bezel.
Each compass is marked with a sequential coined serial number recorded at the factory.
Voltages available:
12, 24 and 32 VDC.
SY-600LL
GLOBEMASTER® SKYLIGHT SERIES
DIAL APP. DIAMETER: 6” (152 MM)
SK-615
Dimensions
MAGNETIC COMPASSES
■ Binnacle mount
■ 12V green powerlight lighting (optional 24V or
32V)
■ 45° or 90° degree lubber lines for easy reading
■ Built-in compensators
■ Weight: 907 g – 20 lb
Frosted Sunshane Pane – Hood rotate to allow
positioning of sunshade.
SK-615-C Chrome
SK-615-X Polished brass
RITCHIE® POINT OF PURCHASE DISPLAY
For our distributors and dealers a
FREE of charge Display is available
ordering 12 compasses, two for each
type, selected among the followinf
models:
TR-31, TR-31W, B-51, B-51W, B-81,
S-53, S-53W, F-83, F-83W, SS-1002,
SS-1002W
Ritchie® Display: 67577 M
FREE
MARINE INSTRUMENTS
47
INSTRUMENTS - ULTRA AND ULTRA WHITE SERIES
48
ULTRA
ULTRA WHITE
FEATURES:
■ Perimeter-lighted black (ULTRA) or white
dial (ULTRA WHITE) with bold graphics.
■ 12V DC, negative ground
■ Black aluminum bezel.
■ Flat glass lens.
■ Metric and american scales.
Uflex instruments are single tested and
CE marked according to the European
Standards.
DESCRIPTION
SENDER
HOLE SIZE
mm - in
ULTRA
PART No.
ULTRA WHITE
PART No.
Not required
85 - 3.37
60738 G
60691 K
7000 RPM
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard
& I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
Not required
85 - 3.37
60509 S
60533 T
4000 RPM
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
Page 56
85 - 3.37
60510 J
60534 U
4000 RPM
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
Not required
85 - 3.37
60510 J
60534 U
85 - 3.37
61766 H
61767 K
85 - 3.37
62049 H
62050 S
Not required
85 - 3.37
62049 H
62050 S
Requires
pitot tube
(page 56)
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
60512 L
60513 M
60514 N
60536 W
60537 X
60538 A
DIAL RANGE
6000 RPM
Tachometer
7000 RPM
Tach-Hourmeter
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
Not required
Page 56
30 Knot
50 Knot
70 Knot
–
Fuel level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
page 56, 57, 60
53 - 2.07
60518 T
60542 U
Water level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
Page 60
53 -2.07
60520 L
60544 W
Oil pressure gauge
5 bar
10 bar
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
60521 M
60522 N
60545 X
60546 Y
Transmission pressure
gauge
25 bar
–
Not available
53 - 2.07
60523 O
60547 Z
Water temperature
gauge
40 - 120 °C
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
60526 R
60550 U
Voltmeter
10-16 Volt
20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical system
For all 24 Volt electrical system
Not required
Not required
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
60529 W
60741 Z
60553 X
60742 A
Hourmeter
10.000
hours
Elapsed in hour/tenths,
(12-32 volt)
Not required
53 - 2.07
60530 Q
60554 Y
Ammeter
60 - 0 - 60
Indicates electrical charge/discharge
rate
Not required
53 - 2.07
60532 S
60540 S
Battery charge
indicator
E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,
remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness included
Not required
53 - 2.07
62080 B
62081 D
Clock
–
Quartz analog
Not required
53 - 2.07
60531 R
60539 B
Synchonizer
–
All twin gas & diesel inboard
Not required
85 - 3.37
60517 Q
60541 T
PortStarboard
Indicates relative position of rudder
Page 56
53 - 2.07
60699 U
60700 Q
53 -2.07
61655 Y
62044 X
Up-Down
• Mercury & Mariner outboard,
Mercruiser, Volvo DP, ’96 & newer,
Volvo & Yamaha EST sterndrive.
• OMC outboard Johnson & Evinrude.
• Yamaha & Evinrude Yamaha
outboard ’97 & newer.
Requires sender
for outboard
and sterndrive
engines
53 -2.07
53 -2.07
62045 Z
62047 D
62046 B
62048 F
Speedometer
Rudder angle
indicator
Trim gauge
ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS
FEATURES:
■ Auto compensation
■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions
■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator
■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual
and mounting hardware
61076 N – ULTRA Style Electronic Compass
61077 O – ULTRA WHITE Style Electronic Compass
49
INSTRUMENTS - ULTRA AND ULTRA WHITE SERIES
INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENTS - BEIGE GOLD AND ULTRAWHITE SS SERIES
50
BEIGE GOLD
ULTRAWHITE SS
FEATURES:
■ Perimeter-lighted beige (BEIGE GOLD) or
white dial (ULTRAWHITE SS) with bold
graphics.
■ 12V DC, negative ground
■ Polished gold or polished stainless steel
bezel.
■ Domed glass lens.
■ Metric and american scales.
Uflex instruments are single tested and
CE marked according to the European
Standards.
DIAL RANGE
HOLE SIZE BEIGE-GOLD U-WHITE SS
mm - in
PART No.
PART No.
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
Page 56
85 - 3.37
62054 A
62005 L
4000 RPM
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
Not required
85 - 3.37
62054 A
62005 L
85 - 3.37
62055 C
62006 N
Page 56
85 - 3.37
62056 E
62007 R
Not required
85 - 3.37
62056 E
62007 R
Requires
pitot tube
(page 56)
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
62057 G
62058 J
62059 L
62008 T
62009 V
62010 D
7000 RPM
Tach-Hourmeter
SENDER
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard
& I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
6000 RPM
Tachometer
DESCRIPTION
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
Not required
Not required
Not required
85 - 3.37
62053 Y
62004 J
85 - 3.37
62051 U
62003 G
30 Knot
50 Knot
70 Knot
–
Fuel level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
page 56, 57, 60
53 - 2.07
62063 B
62014 M
Water level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
Page 60
53 - 2.07
62067 K
62018 W
Oil pressure gauge
5 bar
10 bar
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
62065 F
62066 H
62016 S
62017 U
Transmission pressure
gauge
25 bar
–
Not available
53 - 2.07
62077 N
62052 W
Water temperature
gauge
40 - 120 °C
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
62073 E
62024 R
Voltmeter
10-16 Volt
20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical system
For all 24 Volt electrical system
Not required
Not required
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
62071 A
62072 C
62022 L
62023 N
Hourmeter
10.000
hours
Elapsed in hour / tenths
(12-32 volt)
Not required
53 - 2.07
62064 D
62015 P
Ammeter
60 - 0 - 60
Indicates electrical charge /
discharge rate
Not required
53 - 2.07
62060 V
62011 F
Battery charge
indicator
E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,
remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness included
Not required
53 - 2.07
62061 X
61012 H
Clock
–
Quartz analog
Not required
53 - 2.07
62062 Z
62013 K
Syncronizer
–
All twin gas & diesel inboard
Not required
85 - 3.37
62074 G
62025 T
PortStarboard
Indicates relative position of rudder
Page 56
53 - 2.07
62076 L
62027 X
53 -2.07
62068 M
62019 Y
Up-Down
• For Mercury and Mariner
outboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,
’96 and newer, Volvo and Yamaha
EST sterndrives
• For OMC outboards
• For Yamaha outboards ’97 and newer
Requires sender
for outboard
and sterndrive
engines
53 -2.07
53 -2.07
62069 P
62070 Y
62020 G
62021 J
Speedometer
Rudder angle
indicator
Trim indicator
ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS
FEATURES:
■ Auto compensation
■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions
■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator
■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual
and mounting hardware
62078 R – BEIGE GOLD Style Electronic Compass
62079 T – ULTRAWHITE SS Style Electronic Compass
51
INSTRUMENTS - BEIGE GOLD AND ULTRAWHITE SS SERIES
INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENTS - DRESS WHITE AND PROFESSIONAL SERIES
52
DRESS WHITE
FEATURES:
■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with bold
black graphics.
■ 12V DC, negative ground
■ White aluminum bezel.
■ Flat glass lens.
■ Metric and american scales.
PROFESSIONAL
FEATURES:
■ Perimeter-lighted black dial with red
graphics.
■ 12V DC, negative ground
■ Black aluminum bezel.
■ Flat glass lens.
■ Metric and american scales.
Uflex instruments are single tested and
CE marked according to the European
Standards.
DIAL RANGE
HOLE SIZE DRESS/WHITE PROFESSIONAL
mm - in
PART No.
PART No.
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
Page 56
85 - 3.37
62658 K
63198 G
4000 RPM
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
Not required
85 - 3.37
62658 K
63198 G
85 - 3.37
62659 M
63199 J
Page 56
85 - 3.37
62660 W
63200 P
Not required
85 - 3.37
62660 W
63200P
Requires
pitot tube
(page 56)
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
62661 Y
62662 A
62663 C
63201 S
63202 U
63203 W
7000 RPM
Tach-Hourmeter
SENDER
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard
& I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
6000 RPM
Tachometer
DESCRIPTION
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
Not required
85 - 3.37
62656 F
63196 C
Not required
85 - 3.37
62657 H
63197 E
Not required
30 Knot
50 Knot
70 Knot
–
Fuel level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
page 56, 57, 60
53 - 2.07
62664 E
63204 Y
Water level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
Page 60
53 - 2.07
62665 G
63205 A
Oil pressure gauge
5 bar
10 bar
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
62666 J
62667 L
63206 C
63207 E
Transmission pressure
gauge
25 bar
–
Not available
53 - 2.07
62668 N
63208 G
Water temperature
gauge
40 - 120 °C
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
62669 R
63209 J
Voltmeter
10-16 Volt
20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical system
For all 24 Volt electrical system
Not required
Not required
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
62670 Z
62671 B
63210 T
63211 V
Hourmeter
10.000
hours
Elapsed in hour / tenths
(12-32 volt)
Not required
53 - 2.07
62672 D
63212 X
Ammeter
60 - 0 - 60
Indicates electrical charge /
discharge rate
Not required
53 - 2.07
62673 F
63213 Z
Battery charge
indicator
E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,
remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness included
Not required
53 - 2.07
62674 H
63214 B
Clock
–
Quartz analog
Not required
53 - 2.07
62676 M
63216 F
Syncronizer
–
All twin gas & diesel inboard
Not required
85 - 3.37
62677 P
63217 H
PortStarboard
Indicates relative position of rudder
Page 56
53 - 2.07
62678 S
63218 K
53 -2.07
62679 U
63219 M
Up-Down
• For Mercury and Mariner
outboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,
’96 and newer, Volvo and Yamaha
EST sterndrives
• For OMC outboards
• For Yamaha outboards ’97 and newer
Requires sender
for outboard
and sterndrive
engines
53 -2.07
53 -2.07
62680 C
62681 E
63220 W
63219 M
Speedometer
Rudder angle
indicator
Trim indicator
ELECTRONIC FLUX-GATE COMPASS
FEATURES:
■ Auto compensation
■ Easy to install and to read in all weather conditions
■ Unaffected by metal objects in the vicinity of the compass indicator
■ Includes: remote mounted sensor with 20’ plug in harness, instruction manual
and mounting hardware
62675 K – DRESS WHITE Style Electronic Compass
53
INSTRUMENTS - DRESS WHITE AND PROFESSIONAL SERIES
INSTRUMENT
INSTRUMENTS - PERFORMANCE AND CALYPSO SERIES
54
PERFORMANCE
FEATURES:
■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with black
graphics
■ 12V DC negative ground
■ Stainless steel bezel
■ Domed glass fog free lens
■ Metric and American scales
CALYPSO
FEATURES:
■ Perimeter-lighted white dial with bold
black graphics
■ Stainless steel bezel
■ Domed glass fog free lens
■ 12V DC, negative ground
■ Metric and American scales
Uflex instruments are single tested and
CE marked according to the European
Standards.
DIAL RANGE
CALYPSO
PART No.
Not required
85 - 3.37
65316 W
66639 C
Not required
85 - 3.37
65315 U
66638 A
7000 RPM
4000 RPM
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
Page 56
85 - 3.37
65317 Y
66640 L
4000 RPM
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
Not required
85 - 3.37
65317 Y
66640 L
Not required
85 - 3.37
65318 A
-
Page 56
85 - 3.37
65319 C
-
Not required
85 - 3.37
65319 C
-
Requires
pitot tube
(page 56)
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
85 - 3.37
65320 L
65321 N
65322 R
66642 R
66643 T
66644 V
7000 RPM
Tach-Hourmeter
HOLE SIZE PERFORMANCE
mm - in
PART No.
SENDER
• For all 4, 6 & 8 cylinder inboard
& I/O gas engine.
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
6000 RPM
Tachometer
DESCRIPTION
4000 RPM
4000 RPM
• Universal for all outboard engines
4, 6, 8, 10, 12 & 20 pole.
• Diesel 5:1, 1:1, 1.5:1, 2:1
mechanical take off
• Diesel, variable ratio
for alternator connection
30 Knot
50 Knot
70 Knot
–
Fuel level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
page 56, 57, 60
53 - 2.07
65323 T
66645 X
Water level gauge
E - 1/2 - F
–
Page 60
53 - 2.07
65324 V
66660 T
Oil pressure gauge
5 bar
10 bar
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
65325 X
65326 Z
66646 Z
66647 B
Transmission pressure
gauge
25 bar
–
Not available
53 - 2.07
65327 B
66659 J
Water temperature
gauge
40 - 120 °C
–
Page 56
53 - 2.07
65328 D
66648 D
Voltmeter
10-16 Volt
20-32 Volt
For all 12 Volt electrical system
For all 24 Volt electrical system
Not required
Not required
53 - 2.07
53 - 2.07
65329 F
65330 P
66649 F
66656 C
Hourmeter
10.000
hours
Elapsed in hour / tenths
(12-32 volt)
Not required
53 - 2.07
65331 S
66650 P
Ammeter
60 - 0 - 60
Indicates electrical charge /
discharge rate
Not required
53 - 2.07
65332 U
66655 A
Battery charge
indicator
E - 1/2 - F
12 Volt, internally illuminated,
remote mounted sensor with 20’
harness included
Not required
53 - 2.07
65333 W
66657 E
Clock
-
Quartz analog
Not required
53 - 2.07
-
66651 S
Syncronizer
–
All twin gas & diesel inboard
Not required
85 - 3.37
65334 Y
66641 N
PortStarboard
Indicates relative position of rudder
Page 56
53 - 2.07
65335A
66658 G
53 - 2.07
65336 C
66653 W
Up-Down
• For Mercury and Mariner
outboards, Mercruiser, Volvo DP,
’96 and newer, Volvo and Yamaha
EST sterndrives
• For OMC outboards
53 - 2.07
65337 E
66652 U
Speedometer
Rudder angle
indicator
Trim indicator
Requires sender
for outboard
and sterndrive
engines
55
INSTRUMENTS - PERFORMANCE AND CALYPSO SERIES
INSTRUMENT
SENDERS AND
ACCESSORIES
SCALE
DESCRIPTION
PART No.
Diesel tachometer
sender
-
Attaches to diesel sender mechanical takeoff. Includes coupling and 4 drive keys
60613 S
56
Pitot tube complete with transom mount
mounting hardware
Pitot kits
-
60515 O
60516 P
As above complete with 20’ of tubing
INSTRUMENTS - SENDERS AND ACCESSORIES
Oil pressure sender
Water
temperature
sender
Fuel level sender
Rudder angle
sender
Bushing kit
Tubing - 20’
61717 U
5 bar
5 bar
10 bar
10 bar
Single station, 1/8” NPTF
Dual station, 1/8” NPTF
Single station, 1/8” NPTF
Dual station, 1/8” NPTF
60525 Q
60610 P
60611 Q
60612 R
40 - 120 °C
Single station, 1/8” NPTF
60528 V
40 - 120 °C
Dual station, 1/8” NPTF
60614 T
20 - 60 cm
(7.9” - 23.6”)
Single station
66180 C
-
Single station
Dual station
To use with Uflex rudder
angle indicator only.
60701 R
60702 S
Temperature
and pressure
senders
1/8” NPTF - M10x1
60618 Z
1/8” NPTF - M12x1
60619 A
1/8” NPTF - M16x1.5
60620 R
60621 S
60623 U
60703 T
60704 U
24 Volt adaptor
kit
12 - 24V
• Tachometer - Syncronizers
• Ammeter - Speedometer (24V bulb only)
• Water temperature
• Oil pressure - fuel level - water level - rudder angle
Installation kit
-
Fuel level sender installation kit
(for plastic fuel tanks)
NOTE: SINGLE SENDER: to connect to one gauge
DUAL SENDER: to connect to two gauges
60696 P
FUEL
LEVEL KIT
66234 Z
Fuel level Ultra Series gauge complete with
sender 20 - 60 cm (7.9” - 23.6”)
66235 B
Fuel level Ultra White Series gauge complete
with sender 20 - 60 cm
(7.9” - 23.6”)
PROMOTIONAL
ITEMS
We present to our distributors particularly
elegant displays to enhance the quality and
design of our instruments.
Black
White
- 67315 E
- 62564 A
Due to our customers care and attention for a
stylish packaging for the instruments, we have
decided to offer optional boxes that meet
their requirements.
To present a quality product in a visually
appealing packaging will increase the
instruments sale possibility.
When ordering, please specify the optional
packaging.
INSTRUMENTS - FUEL LEVEL KIT AND PROMOTIONAL ITEMS
57
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS
Digital instruments featuring the most advanced technology in the electronic field. They are supplied complete with
senders. Available in Dress White style only: white dial and bezel.
58
DEPTH SOUNDER
■ 61 meter Depth Sounder with Keel Offset,
Automatic Gain and Shallow/Deep alarms.
Depth Sounder measures in Meters, Feet or
Fathoms.
■ Out-of-range indication.
■ Shallow and deep alarms are both audiable
and visible to operator.
■ Quick-Set mode for rapid adjustment or
settings.
■ Back illumination for maximum nigh vision.
■ Keel-Offset adjustment and indication.
■ 53 mm ( 2.07”) gauge cut out
DEPTH SOUNDER - 62777 U
Depth Sounder includes 1 gauge. 1 depth sender
and 1 installation cable.
DEPTH SOUNDER
FUEL MANAGER
FOR GASOLINE ENGINES
DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS
The Fuel Manager System consists of a digital fuel
gauge and fuel flow transducer that monitors
and measures fuel as it is being used.
The gauge shows not only how much fuel has
been used but, more importantly, how much is
left.
Other features include a settable “low fuel
alarm”, trip log and total fuel consumed log.
Fuel flow is measured in litres (2,5 to 160 litres
per hour) or gallons (0.5 to 34 gallons per hour).
■ 53 mm ( 2.07”) gauge cut out
FUEL MANAGER - 67706 W
Fuel Manager includes 1 gauge and 1 fuel
flow sender.
FUEL MANAGER
Fuel Manager is for use on gasoline
engines only.
SPARE SENDERS FOR DIGITAL INSTRUMENTS
PART No.
NOTE: Senders are
supplied with
the instrument.
MODEL
SUPPLIED WITH:
64311 E
Depth sender
Depth Sounder
64310 C
Fuel flow sender
Fuel Manager
MARINE MONITORING SYSTEMS
59
WATER AND FUEL LEVEL
MONITORING SYSTEM
60
WATER AND FUEL
LEVEL INDICATORS
■ Available in black, white colours and with
silver bezel
■ 12V/24V DC standard illumination
■ Resistance rating:
- 0 Ohm (empty)
- 180 Ohm (full)
■ 52 mm (2’’) gauge cut out
FUEL/B - 65836 Z - black
FUEL/W - 65837 B - white
WATER/B - 65838 D - black
WATER/W - 65839 F - white
FUEL/B
FUEL/W
WATER/B
WATER/W
FUEL/B-S
FUEL/W-S
WATER/B-S
WATER/W-S
WATER/FUEL LEVEL MONITORING SYSTEM
FUEL/B-S - 67869 B - black, silver bezel
FUEL/W-S - 67870 K - white, silver bezel
WATER/B-S - 67871 M - black, silver bezel
WATER/W-S - 67872 P - white, silver bezel
S5 FUEL/WATER SENSORS
■ Stainless steel
■ Flange SAE 5-hole - bolt circle 54 mm (2.1”)
■ Resistance rating:
0 Ohm (empty) - 180 Ohm (full)
■ S5 sensors interface all Uflex fuel and water
level indicators
NOTE: Longer lengths available on request
LENGTH
MODEL
PART No.
150 mm (5.9”)
S5-E150
64689 H
175 mm (6.9”)
S5-E175
64690 S
200 mm (7.9”)
S5-E200
64691 U
225 mm (8.9”)
S5-E225
64692 W
250 mm (9.8”)
S5-E250
64693 Y
275 mm (10.8”)
S5-E275
64694 A
300 mm (11.8”)
S5-E300
64695 C
350 mm (13.8”)
S5-E350
64696 E
400 mm (15.7”)
S5-E400
64697 G
450 mm (17.7”)
S5-E450
64698 J
500 mm (19.7”)
S5-E500
64699 L
550 mm (21.7”)
S5-E550
64700 S
600 mm (23.6”)
S5-E600
64701 U
S5
HOLDING TANK LEVEL
MONITORING SYSTEM
HTG HOLDING TANK LEVEL INDICATORS
■ Available in black or white colours
■ 12V/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Resistance rating:
240 Ohm (empty) – 33 Ohm (full)
■ 52 mm (2’’) gauge cut out
HTG/B
HTG/W
61
S3H HOLDING TANK SENSORS
■ Stainless steel
■ Resistance rating:
240 Ohm (empty) – 30 Ohm (full)
LENGTH
MODEL
PART No.
100 mm (3.9”)
S3H-1
64685 Z
205 mm (8.0”)
S3H-2
64686 B
305 mm (12.0)
S3H-3
64687 D
410 mm (16.1”)
S3H-4
64688 F
■ HFL - 64719 P - Flange 1 1/4” - NPT threads
(to be ordered separately)
S3H
HFL
GPS SPEEDO
GPS Speedo is a “plug and play” speedometer
that precisely shows actual speed (speed over
ground) and actual heading (compass heading
over ground).
■ Speed (0-60 knots) shown analogically and
compass heading digitally, both guided by
GPS signals.
■ GPS Speedo has a “high-end” 32 channel
GPS Receiver suitable for all types of boats
(12V)
■ Easy to install, it has a favourable price.
■ GPS Speedo is in no way dependant of the
boat main control and monitoring systems.
■ Hole diameter: 85 mm (3.37”)
IGPS-BB-60 - 66878 X - black dial and bezel,
12VDC, speed 0-60 knots
IGPS-WW-60 - 66879 Z - white dial and bezel,
12VDC, speed 0-60 knots
IGPS-BB-60
IGPS-WW-60
HOLDING TANK MONITORING SYSTEM - GPS SPEEDO
HTG/B - 64683 V - black
HTG/W - 64684 X - white
62
TACHOMETER
WITH HOURMETER
IMHB-BS-4KL
IMHB-WS-4KL
IMHB-BS-8KL
IMHB-WS-8KL
ICUR-BS
ICUR-WS
IPTR-BS
IPTR-WS
IPYR-BS
IPYR-WS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Scale: 4000 RPM or 8000 RPM
■ 85 mm (3,3”) gauge cut out
IMHB-BS-4KL - 67873 S - black / 4000 RPM
IMHB-WS-4KL - 67874 U - white / 4000 RPM
IMHB-BS-8KL - 67875 W - black / 8000 RPM
IMHB-WS-8KL - 67876 Y - white / 8000 RPM
HOURMETER
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ LCD Display
■ Scale: 10.000 hours
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
ICUR-BS - 67877 A - black with silver bezel
ICUR-WS - 67878 C - white with silver bezel
MARINE INSTRUMENTS
WATER TEMPERATURE
LEVEL INDICATORS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Resistance rating: 450-23 Ohm
■ Scale: 25 – 120°C
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
IPTR-BS - 67879 E - black with silver bezel
IPTR-WS - 67880 N - white with silver bezel
OIL TEMPERAURE
LEVEL INDICATORS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Resistance rating: 450-23 Ohm
■ Scale: 25 – 120°C
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
IPYR-BS - 67881 R - black with silver bezel
IPYR-WS - 67882 T - white with silver bezel
IORP-BS-02
IORP-WS-02
63
OIL PRESSURE
LEVEL INDICATORS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Resistance rating: 10-180 Ohm
■ Scale: 0 – 2 Bar, 0 – 5 Bar, 0 – 10 Bar o
0 – 25 Bar
■ 85 mm (3,3”) gauge cut out
IORP-BS-05
IORP-WS-05
IORP-BS-010
IORP-WS-010
IORP-BS-025
IORP-WS-025
AMP KIT-BS
AMP KIT-WS
IORP-BS-02 - 67883 V - black (0-2 Bar)
IORP-WS-02 - 67884 X - white (0-2 Bar)
IORP-BS-05 - 67885 Z - black (0-5 Bar)
IORP-WS-05 - 67886 B - white (0-5 Bar)
IORP-BS-010 - 67887 D - black (0-10 Bar)
IORP-WS-010 - 67888 F - white (0-10 Bar)
AMMETERS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Scale: 8-32V
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
■ Supplied with sensor
AMP KIT-BS - 67905 C - black with silver bezel
AMP KIT-WS - 67906 E - white with silver bezel
MARINE INSTRUMENTS
IORP-BS-025 - 67889 M - black (0-25 Bar)
IORP-WS-025 - 67890 S - white (0-25 Bar)
VOLTMETERS
64
IPVR-BS-8-16
IPVR-WS-8-16
IEVR-BS-8-32
IEVR-WS-8-32
IMRR-BS
IMRR-WS
TRIM-BS-10-180
TRIM-WS-10-180
IMCR-BS
IMCR-WS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12V, 24V or 12/24V DC standard
illumination
■ Scale: 8-16V, 18-32V or 8-32V
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
IPVR-BS-8-16 - 67899 L - black 8-16V
IPVR-WS-8-16 - 67900 S - white 8-16V
IEVR-BS-8-32 - 67903 Y - black 8-32V
IEVR-WS-8-32 - 67904 A - white 8-32V
RUDDER ANGLE INDICATORS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Resistance rating: 0-190 Ohm
■ Scale: 25 – 120°C
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
IMRR-BS - 67891 U - black with silver bezel
IMRR-WS - 67892 W - white with silver bezel
MARINE INSTRUMENTS
TRIM INDICATORS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Resistance rating:
- 10 Ohm - 180 Ohm
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
TRIM-BS-10-180 - 67895 C - black with silver
bezel
TRIM-WS-10-180 - 67896 E - white with silver
bezel
CLOCKS
■ Available in black or white colours with
silver bezel
■ 12/24 Volt DC standard illumination
■ Not standby battery
■ 52 mm (2”) gauge cut out
IMCR-BS - 67893 Y - black with silver bezel
IMCR-WS - 67894 A - white with silver bezel
FRESH WATER AND BILGE PUMPS
65
AQUA KING™ FRESH WATER PUMPS
66
Aqua KingTM Junior 2.0
The Next Generation SHURflo® pumps
guarantee quiet operation and
smooth performance while providing
the ultimate in durability and
reliability. These automatic water
pumps are self priming with a
three-chamber design to lift water
up to 8ft (2,4 m).
Aqua KingTM Standard 3.0
■
■
■
■
■
■
Run dry capability
Built-in check valve prevents backflow into the tank
Sealed switch
Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor
Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected
CE marked
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
DESCRIPTION
Aqua KingTM Mini
67285 Y
12V DC
single fixture
Aqua KingTM Junior
65338 G
12V DC
up to 2 fixtures
Aqua KingTM Standard 12V
65339 J
12V DC
multifixtures
Standard 24V
65340 T
24V DC
multifixtures
65341 V
12V DC
multifixtures
Aqua King
TM
Aqua KingTM Premium
Aqua KingTM Premium 4.0
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
162x81x114
(6.4x2.2x4.5)
184x127x118
(7.3x5.0x4.6)
184x127x118
(7.3x5.0x4.6)
184x127x118
(7.3x5.0x4.6)
210x134x127
(8.3x5.3x5)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
SHUT-OFF
PRESSURE
1.0 GPM - 3,8 l/min
3,0
30 PSI - 2,0 Bar
2.0 GPM - 7,6 l/min
4,0
30 PSI - 2,0 Bar
3.0 GPM - 11,35 l/min
5,0
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
3.0 GPM - 11,35 l/min
3,0
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
10,0
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
SHUT-OFF
PRESSURE
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
9,0
45 PSI - 3.1 Bar
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
5,0
45 PSI - 3.1 Bar
EXTREME™ SERIES SMART SENSOR™ 4.0
FRESH WATER PUMPS
The Smart Sensor™ 4.0 is designed specifically for cruisers and midsize
yachts. Delivering 4.0 GPM and pressure up to 50 PSI, this micro-control
based variable speed pump precisely monitors your system’s water
pressure and adjust the motor speed, eliminating the need for a
pressure switch.
■ Superior four-chamber design that incorporates large inlet and outlet
passages to maximize water flow and efficiency, providing a “Just
Like Home” shower.
■ Run dry capability
■ Self priming up to 9 ft (2,7 m)
■ Sealed switch
■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor
■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected
■ CE marked
Smart Sensor™ 4.0
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
Smart Sensor™ 4.0 12V
64679 E
12V DC
Smart Sensor™ 4.0 24V
65342 X
24V DC
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
210x134x127
(8.3x5.3x5)
210x134x127
(8.3x5.3x5)
EXTREME™ SERIES SMART SENSOR™ 5.7
The Smart Sensor™ 5.7 is a micro processor control based variable speed
pump that delivers over 5 GPM (21,6 l/min) and pressure up to 60 PSI (4,1
Bar). SHURflo® Smart Sensor™ 5.7 precisely monitors your system’s water
pressure and adjust the motor speed, thus eliminating the need for a
pressure switch.
■ Superior five-chamber design that incorporates large inlet and
outlet passages to maximize water flow and efficiency, providing
a “Just Like Home” shower
■ O-ring sealed end bells along with the protected electronic
package make the Smart Sensor™ capable of handling even the
harshest marine enviroments
■ Current limiting and over/under voltage protection
■ Pressure sensor eliminates cycling and the need for an
accumulator tank
■ Run dry capability
■ Self priming up to 9 ft (2,7 m)
■ Sealed switch
■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor
■ Quick-Connect fittings included
■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected
■ CE marked
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
Smart Sensor™ 5.7 12V
63194 Y
12V DC
Smart Sensor™ 5.7 24V
64335 V
24V DC
67
Smart Sensor™ 5.7
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
235x127x121
(9.3x5.0x5.5)
235x127x121
(9.3x5.0x5.5)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
SHUT-OFF
PRESSURE
5.0 GPM - 18,9 l/min
12
60 PSI - 4,1 Bar
5.0 GPM - 18,9 l/min
5
60 PSI - 4,1 Bar
23,4 cm
10,1 cm
13,6 cm
10,1
cm
12,3
cm
12,7 cm
Smart Sensor 5.7
13,4 cm
9,9
cm
7,6 cm
10,2 cm
12,7 cm
Smart Sensor 4.0
9,1 cm
20,5 cm
EXTREME™ SERIES HIGH FLOW STRAINER
SHURflo® highly recommends the use of the Extreme™ Series High Flow
Strainer, engineered to compliment the higher performance of the
Smart Sensor™, to keep your Extreme™ Series Pumps flowing strong by
protecting it from debris in the water. Easy installation and even easier
to clean.
Extreme™ Series High Flow Strainer - 63735 G
Mounting Bracket – 65368 S – Brushed stainless steel (optional)
High
Flow
Strainer
FRESH WATER PUMPS
12,1 cm
WASHDOWN PUMPS
Perfect for tough washdown applications, such as fish
box, scaling and anchor chain cleaning, these rugged
self-priming pumps deliver high lift, can run dry
without damage, and won’t overheat with extended
use.
68
■
■
■
■
■
Run dry capability
Sealed switch
Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor
Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected
CE marked
Blaster™
ProBlaster Junior™
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
SHUT-OFF
PRESSURE
Problaster Junior™ 12V
66560 N
12V DC
203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)
2.0 GPM - 7,6 l/min
4
30 PSI - 2 Bar
Blaster™ 12V
65862 A
12V DC
203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)
3.5 GPM - 13,2 l/min
6
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
Blaster™ 24V
65863 C
24V DC
203x127x118 (7.6x5.0x4.6)
3.5 GPM - 13,2 l/min
4,5
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
EXTREME™ PROBLASTER™ WASHDOWN PUMPS
The Extreme™ ProBlaster™ delivers over 5 GPM (20 l/min) and pressure up
to 45 PSI (3,1 Bar), giving you the ultimate in washdown capabilities. This
high volume pump will clean your deck quickly and easily. The corrosion
resistant coated seamless motor shell with sealed switch provides excellent
protection against the harsh marine anvironment. The Extreme™ Pro
Blaster™ is designed for the toughest washdown applications.
WASHDOWN PUMPS
■ Superior five-chamber design that incorporates large inlet and outlet
passages to maximize water flow and efficiency
■ Current limiting and over/under voltage protection
■ Run dry capability
■ Self Priming
■ Sealed switch
■ Corrosion resistant seamless e-coated motor with o-ring sealed end
bells
■ Quick-Connect fittings included
■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected
■ CE marked
Problaster™ Extreme™ Series
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
SHUT-OFF
PRESSURE
Extreme™ Problaster™ 12V
64337 Z
12V DC
235x127x140 (9.3x5.0x5.5)
5.3 GPM - 20,1 l/min
12
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
Extreme™ Problaster™ 24V
64338 B
24V DC
235x127x140 (9.3x5.0x5.5)
5.3 GPM - 20,1 l/min
6
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
WASHDOWN KIT
SHURflo’s new washdown kit includes
everything you need for tough
washdown applications all in one box.
The kit includes the Next Generation
ProBlaster™ Pump, Fittings, Blaster™
Nozzle, Raw Water Strainer and a 7,6 m
(25’) coiled hose.
■ CE marked
69
Pro Washdown kit
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
SHUT-OFF
PRESSURE
Pro Washdown Kit
65303 L
12V DC
210x136x127 (8.3x5.3x5.0)
4.0 GPM - 15,1 l/min
10
45 PSI - 3,1 Bar
MACERATOR PUMPS
Designed specifically for sanitation waste and fish box evacuations,
SHURflo’s Macerator pump features a premium impeller design.
Macerator
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
PORT SIZE
Macerator 12V
62767 R
12V DC
274x97x114
(10.8x3.8x4.5)
13 GPM - 50 l/min
14
inlet: 1.5” barb / 1,5 NPT
outlet: 1” barb
Macerator 24V
62768 T
24V DC
274x97x114
(10.8x3.8x4.5)
13 GPM - 50 l/min
8
inlet: 1.5” barb / 1,5 NPT
outlet: 1” barb
OIL CHANGE, WINTERIZING
AND LIQUID TRANSFER SYSTEM
Incorporating SHURflo’s advanced motor technology that includes
thermal overload protection, these pumps are self-priming, easy to
install and are extremely versatile.
■ 13 litres (3,5 gal) storage container – 2,4 m (8’) cable with battery
clips and hose kit included
■ Reversible switch
■ Motor : 12V DC permanent magnet, continuous duty
■ Self Priming up to 1,82 m (6’)
■ Thermal overload protection
■ CE marked
64681 R
MODEL
CODICE
PART
No.
DIMENSIONI
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
PORTATA
FLOW
RATE
AMP
MAX
RACCORDI
PORT SIZE
Sistema
Oil Change
Cambio
System
Olio
64681 R
406x318 (16.0x12.5)
1.5 GPM - 5,6 l/min
4,5
3/8” F NPT
LIVEWELL AND UTILITY PUMPS
■ Run dry capability
■ Self Priming
■ SHURflo’s unique dual blade and housing construction ensures
problem free pumping
■ Thermally Protected. Ignition Protected
■ CE marked
PRE-PRESSURIZED ACCUMULATOR TANK
Reduces cycling pulsation and pressure spikes, increases the life of your
pump and even saves battery power. SHURflo® accumulator tank is NSF
certified.
70
■ Easy handles pressure requirements from 1,4 Bar (20 PSI) to 8,8 Bar
(125 PSI)
■ 1/2” male threaded Ports - Uses standard SHURflo® fittings
■ Can be mounted in-line
■ Nylon housing/Butyl Bladder
■ CE marked
Nylon Tank
MODEL
PART No.
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
TOTAL
VOLUME
MAXIMUM
PSI - BAR
PRECHARGED
Nylon Tank
65861 Y
232x121x97
(9.1x4.8x3.8)
24 oz - 0,7 litres
125 PSI - 8,8 Bar
20 PSI - 1,4 Bar
PRESSURE REGULATED CITY WATER ENTRIES
An exclusive diaphragm design prevents high-pressure damage often
caused by city water systems. Leak-tight, stress and crack-resistant,
these high-performance water entries limit
water pressure safely to 50 or 65 PSI (3.5 or 4.5 Bar) while meeting or
surpassing all check valve code requirements
SHURFLO PUMPS - ACCESSORIES
63378 J - Wall mount Pressure regulator - Chrome
64717 K- Wall mount Pressure regulator - White
65306 T - Hose Adapter fitting 1/2” NPT (F) x 3/4” GSH (M)
63378 J
65306 T
64717 K
Water
Heater
Potable Water
Tank
Pump
Strainer
FRESH WATER MULTI-FIXTURE SYSTEMS
Shower
Faucet
The pump may be mounted up
to 6’ (1.8 m) vertical above the
source. Wiring should be
switched above the source.
Wiring should be switched as
well as fused with the
recommended size fuse. Inlet
side of all fresh water pumps
should include the use of a
SHURflo® strainer.
Mount the pump in an
accessible area for a strainer
inspection. Refer to installation
instruction included for
individual pump recommended
wire and fuse size.
STRAINERS
MODEL
In-Line Strainer
Swivel nut
strainer
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
FITTINGS
63185 X
Protects pumps from harmful
debris. High capacity,
rugged nylon housing,
slide out easy to clean screen.
1/2” (13 mm)
female
66526 N
Protects pumps from harmful
debris. High capacity,
rugged nylon housing,
slide out easy to clean screen.
1/2” (13 mm)
barb inlet
63185 X
71
66526 N
High Pressure
Blaster Nozzle
61125 F
Allows flow in one direction
only to safeguard agains backsurge up to 6,8 Bar (1000 PSI)
61120 A
High impact plastic for long life.
Use with SHURflo® pumps
3/4” (19 mm)
or garden hose.
female
Adjust to fine mist or full stream.
Lock clip for continuous spray.
1/2” (13 mm)
barb inlet
61125 F
61120 A
FITTINGS
MODEL
PART No.
Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/8”
61129 L
Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/8”
61130 C
Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 1/2”
61127 H
Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 1/2” barb swivel
61128 K
Straight fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/4” barb swivel
64220 B
Elbow fitting 1/2” NPT (f) x 3/4” barb swivel
64340 M
Straight adaptor 1/2” NPT (m) x 1/2”
61132 E
61128 K
61129 L
SPARE PARTS
1
2
3
4
Complete headpump
Headpump and switch kit
Valve kit
Diaphragm kit
DESCRIPTION
PART No.
Valve Kit for Blaster, Junior, Standard, Premium pumps
61214 F
Diaphragm kit for Junior pump
61217 I
Diaphragm kit for Standard, pumps
61216 H
Diaphragm kit for Premium, Blaster pumps
63180 L
Pump head Junior, Standard, Premium, Blaster
63181 N
Pump head and switch kit for Junior 12V, 20 PSI
61413 K
Pump head and switch kit for Standard 12V, 30PSI
62526 S
Pump head and switch kit for Standard,
Premium, Blaster 12V/24V, 45PSI
63182 R
Complete head pump for Junior 12V, 20PSI
61721 J
Complete head pump for Junior 12V, 20PSI
61768 M
Complete head pump for Standard, 12V/24V, 45 PSI
63183 T
Complete head pump for Premium, Blaster 12V/24V, 45 PSI
63184 V
Impeller for Macerator pump
63432 M
SHURFLO PUMPS - ACCESSORIES AND SPARE PARTS
In-line check
valve
SHURFLO® BILGE PUMPS
380/500/700/1000 GPH
Quality bilge pumps you can trust.
SHURflo® bilge pumpsare built for the harsh marine
enviroment to withstand the toughest conditions.
Water cooled motors for extended life.
72
■
■
■
■
■
Continuous duty
Submersible with 6’ (1,8 m) tinned wire assembly
Tough nylon housing
Quick-snap swivel baseplate
Ignition pretected. ISO 8849
Shurflo® 380/500/700/1000 GPH
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
Ø BASE
mm (“)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
OUTLET
Bilge 380
66527 R
12V DC
114x95 (4.5x3.75)
60 (2 3/8)
380 GPH - 24 l/min
1,7
3/4” - 19 mm
Bilge 500
66528 T
12V DC
114x95 (4.5x3.75)
60 (2 3/8)
500 GPH - 32 l/min
1,8
3/4” - 19 mm
Bilge 700
66529 V
12V DC
114x95 (4.5x3.75)
60 (2 3/8)
700 GPH - 42 l/min
3,2
3/4” - 19 mm
Bilge 1000
66530 D
12V DC
114x95 (4.5x3.75)
60 (2 3/8)
1000 GPH - 63 l/min
3,2
3/4” - 19 mm
1500/2000 GPH
Heavy duty and built to last. SHURflo®’s 1500 and
2000 GPH nylon bilge pumps offer a unique motor
cooling system (patent pending) to ensure efficient
performance and long life. Installation is a snap with
our patented swivel base.
BILGE PUMPS
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Continuous duty
Submersible with 6’ (1,8 m) tinned wire assembly
Anti-air lock
Run dry without damage
Quick-snap swivel baseplate
Commercial duty
Ignition pretected. ISO 8849
Shurflo® 1500/2000 GPH
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
FLOW RATE
AMP
MAX
BARB OUTLET
Bilge 1500/12
66531 F
12V DC
183x152 (7.2x6)
1500 GPH - 94,6 l/min
8
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
Bilge 1500/24
66532 H
24V DC
183x152 (7.2x6)
1500 GPH - 94,6 l/min
-
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
Bilge 2000/12
66533 K
12V DC
183x152 (7.2x6)
2000 GPH - 126 l/min
10
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
Bilge 2000/24
66534 M
24V DC
183x152 (7.2x6)
2000 GPH - 126 l/min
-
1 1/8” - 28,5 mm
FLOAT SWITCHES
The SHURflo® float switches provide the
ultimate in reliability for your boat.
Complete line includes a solid state control,
standard float switch and protected cage
switch.
Manufactured in corrosion resistant and
explosion proof material. They can be used for
any kind of pump and also for water bilge and
other alarm systems.
SWS
SW12V
Wema Switch
The switch turns the pump on and off
automatically and is typically placed in the
bilge.
73
®
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
VOLT
SWS
66535 P
Standard float switch
12/24V DC
SWSC
66536 S
Protected cage switch
12/24V DC
SW12V
65840 P
Wema® switch
12V DC
TRANSOM SHOWER
Functional, practical and durable showers.
Combine the convenience and simplicity of the
recessed shower, with the added benefit of a
shut-off valve to create an all-in-one package
for your exterior shower needs.
65313 P - Two handle hot/cold transom shower.
White ABS plastic box with trigger sprayer,
stainless steel installation hardware and 1.8 m
(6’) heavy duty white hose.
Vertical or horizontal mount.
65313 P
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
116x53x40
(4.6x2.1x1.6)
116x53x40
(4.6x2.1x1.6)
147xØ37
(5.7xØ1.4)
BILGE PUMP FLOAT SWITCHES - TRANSOM SHOWER
SWSC
SHURFLO® YELLOW TAIL™ - 3” AND 4” IN-LINE BILGE BLOWERS
Shurflo® in-line blowers provide ventilation for engine compartments, galleys, bilge and heads. Mounting feet allow
vertical or horizontal installation in confined spaces.
■
■
■
■
■
■
Wider base-plate and oval screw hole for ease of installation
Splash-proof motor with rubber boot
Heavy duty shaft seal
High volume air flow - low current draw
Longer barb for ease of duct connection
CE, ISO 9097 and Ignition Protected
IN-LINE BLOWERS
74
VENTILATORI IN LINEA
PART No.
VOLT
HOSE INT. Ø
DIMENSIONS
mm (“)
DRAW AMP
AIR FLOW
64703 Y
12V DC
76 mm - 3”
130x140x96 (5.1x5.5x3.8)
3,8
3,3 m3/min
64704 A
12V DC
100 mm - 4”
130x162x122 (5.1x6.4x4.8)
5,5
6,0 m3/min
OIL CHANGE SYSTEMS
75
OIL CHANGE IMPELLER PUMPS
OP-SERIES
76
OP-6 IMPELLER PUMP
The Reverso® OP-6 is a useful transfer pump
suitable for oil, diesel or water. The OP-6 can
transfer hot or cold oil quickly and cleanly to
and from the engine oil pan. The three
position switch has a safety lock that prevents
accidental activation.
The switch is directionally oriented (flow is in
direction of switch) for easy operation. Meets
ISO 8846 standards.
OP-6
OP-700 MANIFOLD OIL CHANGE SYSTEMS
The OP-700 oil change systems feature a fully
reversible OP-6 pump and are available on 2,
3, 4, 5, 6 valve options. They are mounted on
a base to obtain a permanent installation:
connecting these assemblies on equipments
that need regular oil change they simplify the
operation and reduce time and chances of oil
spills.
OP-SERIES FEATURES
■ Reversible (they draw and fill engines)
■ Powerful DC high torque motor
■ Self priming
■ Nickel plated brass pump body
■ Impeller: Nitrile (oil) – Fluoroelastomer
(diesel fuel)
■ Built in switch, switch guard and fuse
■ Easily changed impeller
■ CE certified
OP-706
OP-704
TECHINICAL SPECIFICATIONS
OP-6
OP-700
est. M 3/4”- int. F 3/8” NPT
1/2” flare
-
1/2” F NPT
11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM)
7,8 l/min (2.0 GPM)
Self priming:
0,9 m (3 ft)
0,9 m (3 ft)
Lift:
3,0 m (10 ft)
3,0 m (10 ft)
from 0 to 1 bar (15 PSI)
from 0 to 1 bar (15 PSI)
12V DC or 24V DC
12V DC or 24V DC
12 Amp (12V) – 6 Amp (24V)
12 Amp (12V) – 6 Amp (24V)
Pump port:
Manifold ports:
OIL CHANGE SYSTEMS
Flow rate:
Working pressure:
Motor:
Amp:
Dimensions W x H:
24,4 x 9,1 cm (9.6” x 3.6”)
Weight:
2,7 kg (6 lbs)
DIMENSIONS
A cm (“)
B cm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
2 valve
24,4 (9.6)
22,4 cm (8.8)
4,5 (10)
OP-703
3 valve
26,9 (10.6)
22,4 cm (8.8)
5,0 (11)
OP-704
4 valve
29,5 (11.6)
22,4 cm (8.8)
5,5 (12)
OP-705
5 valve
36,2 (14.3)
22,4 cm (8.8)
5,9 (13)
OP-706
6 valve
41,2 (16.3)
22,4 cm (8.8)
6,8 (15)
MODEL
No. VALVES
OP-702
OP-700 Dimensions
OIL CHANGE OR TRANSFER
DIESEL FUEL GEAR PUMPS
GP-SERIES
GP-301
GP-201
GP-201, GP-301, GP-302, GP-301 AC PUMPS
Compact, powerful, self-priming DC gear
pumps. The bronze gears and stainless steel
shaft enable the pumps to move a variety of
viscous and non-viscous fluids. They are
durable and fit easily in the tightest spaces.
They are available in both 12 and 24 Volt DC.
77
GP-301 AC
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Ports:
Max work press:
Flow rate:
GP-201
GP-301
GP-302
GP-301 AC
M 3/8’’ NPT
M 3/8’’ NPT
M 3/8’’ NPT
M 3/8’’ NPT
1,7 bar (25 PSI)
1,7 bar (25 PSI)
2,8 bar (40 PSI)
5,6-11,4 l/min (1.5-3 GPM)
Self priming (wet gears):
GP-302
9.5-13,3 l/min (2.5-3.5 GPM) 9.5-13,3 l/min (2.5-3.5 GPM)
13.6 l/min (3.6 GPM)
0.5 m (1.5 ft)
1.5 m (5 ft)
1.5 m (5 ft)
1.5 m (5 ft)
1,5 m (5 ft)
3 m (10 ft)
9,1 m (30 ft)
30,4 m (100 ft water)
brass
brass
brass
brass
Gears:
bronze
bronze
bronze
bronze
Motor:
12V or 24V DC
12V or 24V DC
12V or 24V DC
AC self ventilated
Lift:
Pump body:
Fuse/Breaker:
10 Amp (12V)-5 Amp (24V)
Dimensions W x H cm (“):
Weight:
10,5 Amp (12V)-6,8 Amp (24V) 15 Amp (12V)-7,5 Amp (24V)
5 Amp (220V)
12,8x7,4 (5x2.9)
13,7x7,6 (5.4x3)
14,7x9,6 (5.8x3.8)
26,4x16,3 (10.4x6.4)
0,9 kg (2 lbs)
2,7 kg (6 lbs)
3,2 kg (7 lbs)
4,5 kg (10 lbs)
GP-602
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GP-602 AC
GP-602
GP-602 AC
M 1/2” NPT
M 1/2” NPT
22,7 l/min (6 GPM)
32,2 l/min (8,5 GPM)
1,5 m (5 ft)
6 m (20 ft)
18,2 m (60 ft water)
36,5 m (120 ft water)
brass
brass
Gears:
bronze
bronze
Motor:
12V or 24V DC
AC self ventilated
15 Amp (12V) - 10 Amp (24V)
5 Amp (220V)
17,8x10,1(7x4)
32x19,3 (12.6x7.6)
3,6 kg (8 lbs)
6,4 kg (14 lbs)
Ports:
Flow rate:
Self priming (wet gears):
Lift:
Pump body:
Fuse/Breaker:
Dimensions W x H cm (“):
Weight:
OIL CHANGE SYSTEMS
GP-602, GP-602 AC PUMPS
Gear pumps able to move low
viscosity fluids, NOT designed
for heavy oil. The durable GP602 pump combines a small size
with a high flow capacity.
OIL CHANGE OR TRANSFER
DIESEL FUEL GEAR PUMPS
GP-SERIES
78
GP-3010, GP-3020 , GP-700 MANIFOLD OIL
CHANGE SYSTEMS
The gear pump manifold oil change systems
service multiple engines, transmissions and
generators. Compact, reversible (they draw
and fill engines) and self-priming, they
simplify oil changes and reduce chances of oil
spills. Valve options from 3 to 7.
GP-3025
GP-705
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GP-3010
GP-3020
GP-700
Pump port:
1/2” flare
1/2” flare
1/2” flare
Manifold ports:
1/2” F NPT
1/2” F NPT
1/2” F NPT
9,5 l/min (2.5 GPM)
11,4 l/min (3 GPM)
11,4 l/min (3 GPM)
Self priming (wet gears):
1,5 m (5 ft)
1,5 m (5 ft)
1,5 m (5 ft)
Lift:
3 m (10 ft )
7,6 m (25 ft )
9,1 m (30 ft )
12V or 24V DC
12V or 24V DC
12V or 24V DC
8,8 A (12V) - 5,3 A (24V)
9,8 A (12V) - 4 A (24V)
15 A (12V) - 7,5A (24V)
Flow rate:
Motor:
Fuse/Breaker:
APPLICATIONS
■
■
■
■
■
Single engines up to 450 hp : OP-6, GP-301
Multiple engines up to 450 hp : GP-3010
Single engines from 300 to 800 hp : GP-302
Multiple engines from 300 to 800 hp : GP-3020, GP-700
Multiple engines from 600 to 2000 hp : GP-700
GP-3010 Dimensions
GP-700 Dimensions
OIL CHANGE SYSTEMS
DIMENSIONS A x B cm (“)
No. VALVES
MODEL
2 valve
GP-3012
26x22 (10.2x8.6)
3 valve
GP-3013
26x22 (10.2x8.6)
GP-3023
29x11,5 (11.5x4.5)
GP-703
37x12 (14.5x4.7)
4 valve
GP-3014
30x22 (11.8x8.6)
GP-3024
36x11,5 (14.2x4.5)
GP-704
37x12 (14.5x4.7)
5 valve
GP-3015
37x22 (14.5x8.6)
GP-3025
36x11,5 (14.2x4.5)
GP-705
37x12 (14.5x4.7)
6 valve
GP-3016
42x22 (16.5x8.6)
-
GP-706
42x12 (16.5x4.7)
-
GP-707
42x12 (16.5x4.7)
7 valve
A X B cm (“)
MODEL
A X B cm (“)
MODEL
-
-
A X B cm (“)
-
MULTI-VALVE MANIFOLDS
These manifolds allow multiple hoses to be connected to one pump. The assemblies can be mounted in any direction.
Mounting holes are pre-drilled for easy installation.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
■
■
■
■
Manifold ports: 1/2” F NPT
Valves: Nickel chromed full flow ball valve
Max working press: 9 bar (150 PSI)
Mounting holes: 3/16”
PART. No.
MULTI-VALVE MANIFOLD
61477A
VA-2
2 valve assembly
61572U
VA-3
3 valve assembly
64741G
VA-4
4 valve assembly
62976A
VA-5
5 valve assembly
PORTABLE PUMP SYSTEMS
OP-700 PORTABLE OIL CHANGER
The OP-700 oil change system, featuring a full reversibile pump,
connects directly to the dipstick tube. Portable or permanent, this
system includes a poly-mounting board with handy carry handle,
stainless steel cover plate, a safety switch lock and 6’ of marine grade
wire. Ideal for gas applications, the heavy duty motor pumps hot or
cold oil.
GP-301P PORTABLE OIL CHANGER
This system is designed to remove the oil from 4 cycle outboard
engines quickly and with no mess.
Simply hang the unit on the engine cawling, insert the nylon hose
into the dipstick tube and attach the wire to a 12V power source. Oil is
drained into a container and can be removed from the boat for proper
disposal.
79
OP-700
FEATURES
Powerful reversible pumps specially designed to be used with oils.
Self priming
Compact size
Exceptional high flow rate
Built-in switch and circuit breaker
OP-700 impeller: Nitrile (oil) – Fluoroelastomer (diesel fuel)
GP-301P: brass pump body, bronze gears and stainless steel shaft
CE certified
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
GP-301 P
OP-700
GP-301P
est. M 3/4”- int. F 3/8” NPT
3/8” M JIC
11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM)
11,4 l/min (3.0 GPM)
Self priming:
0,9 m (3 ft)
1,5 m (5 ft)
Lift:
3,0 m (10 ft)
4,5 m (15 ft)
from 0 to 1 bar (15PSI)
-
12V DC or 24V DC
12V DC or 24V DC
7Amp (12V) – 3 Amp (24V)
8,8 Amp (12V) – 5,3 Amp (24V)
3,6 kg (8 lbs)
2,7 kg (6 lbs)
Ports:
Flow rate:
Working press:
Motor:
Amp:
Weight:
SPARE PARTS
PART No.
MODEL
DESCRIPTION
61636 U
360010
Oil transfer impeller (Nitrile)
61637 W
360014
Diesel fuel transfer impeller
61638 Y
360120
OP-6 Seal
61639 A
SRK-360
Kit 1 impeller and seal - oil
61640 J
97360-2
Kit 2 impellers and seals - oil
61641 L
SRK-370
Kit 1 impeller and seal – diesel fuel /oil
61642 N
97370-2
Kit 2 impellers and seals - diesel fuel /oil
61643 R
36003
3 way switch (on-off-on)
OIL CHANGE SYSTEMS
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
FUEL PRIMING AND POLISHING SYSTEMS
FP-301 FUEL PRIMING SYSTEM
The Reverso® Fuel Primer pumps fuel into the fuel lines, purging
trapped air in the main feeding line and from primary filters,
secondary filters and engines. To protect delicate fuel systems, all
primers have integral pressure relief valves which are factory set to
deliver the proper fuel pressure for each engine.
80
FP-301
FUEL PRIMING AND POLISHING SYSTEMS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
■ Ports: 1” NPT
■ Valve : 1” NPT full flow
■ Amp: 10A (12V) – 5A (24V)
■ Size: 25x29x11 cm (10”x11.4”x4.4”)
FPS FUEL POLISHING SYSTEMS
FPS Systems have been designed for fuel polishing directly in the tanks
removing 99% of water and particulates.
They eliminate the build-up of algae and water in the tanks reducing
the costs of filter maintenance.
FPS Systems include control panel and service filter alarm.
FPS-150
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Inlet and Outlet ports:
Flow rate:
Self priming (system primed):
Max lift:
Motor:
Amp:
Dimensions W x H cm (“):
Weight:
FPS-80
FPS-150
FPS-210 AC
1/2” # 8 JIC M
1/2” # 8 JIC M
1/2” # 8 JIC M
300 l/h (80 GPH)
570 l/h (150 GPH)
795 l/h (210 GPH)
-
1.5 m (5 ft)
1.5 m (5 ft)
1,2 m vertical (4 ft)
3.0 m (10 ft )
9,1 m (30 ft )
12V or 24V DC
12V or 24V DC
AC perm. magnets
3 A (12V) – 1,5 A (24V)
10 A (12V) – 5 A (24V)
1,4 (220V)
47x39 (18.5x15.5)
47x39 (18.5x15.5)
59x50 (23.2x20)
9,5 kg (21 lbs)
11,3 kg (25 lbs)
27,2 kg (60 lbs)
All REVERSO products have a 5 year warranty and are CE certified.
®
A wo r l d o f m a r i n e e q u i p m e n t
MARINE PUMPS AND BLOWERS
81
BRONZE SELF-PRIMING - ELECTRIC PUMPS
Self-priming side liquid ring electric pumps used to empty bilges and transfer uninflammable liquids such as: fresh
water, sea water, fuel diesel and generallyall low viscosity and free of solid impurities liquids.
82
U070
U050
U040
U030
U020
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
U020
12V DC
24V DC
26 A
14 A
4 m (13.1’)
10 m (32.8’)
28 l/min
U025
12V DC
24V DC
38 A
22 A
6 m (19.7’)
12 m (39.4’)
52 l/min
U030
12V DC
24V DC
44 A
28 A
6 m (19.7’)
18 m (59.0’)
75 l/min
U040
24 V DC
45 A
6 m (19.7’)
22 m (72.2’)
120 l/min
U050-M
230V AC
-
6 m (19.7’)
30 m (98.4’)
250 l/min
U050-T
380V AC
-
6 m (19.7’)
30 m (98.4’)
250 l/min
U070-T
380V AC
-
6 m (19.7’)
40 m (131.2’)
500 l/min
ELECTRIC PUMPS
Standard features
Bronze pump body, bronze impeller,
AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof
clamping rings, continuous duty electric motor
with F insulation class, IP55 protection.
BSP threads on pumps.
Delivery diagram: page 95.
35ϒ
35ϒ
C
Application limits
Uninflammable liquids free of solid impurities.
Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.
Static pressure internal to the pump body: 6
bar max.
A
B
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN mm (“)
Ø OUT mm (“)
A mm (“)
B mm (“)
C mm (“)
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
U020
20 (0.8)
20 (0.8)
260 (10.2)
195 (7.7)
145 (5.7)
5.5 (12.1)
U025
25 (1)
25 (1)
305 (12)
213 (8.4)
178 (7)
9.2 (20.3)
U030
30 (1.2)
30 (1.2)
330 (13)
232 (9.1)
215 (8.5)
13 (28.6)
U040
40 (1.6)
40 (1.6)
352 (13.8)
232 (9.1)
230 (9)
18 (39.7)
U050
50 (1.9)
50 (1.9)
435 (17.1)
247 (9.7)
245 (9.6)
26.5 (58.4)
U070
70 (2.7)
70 (2.7)
705 (27.7)
280 (11)
360 (14.2)
75 (165.3)
USBM-midex SELF-PRIMING ELECTRIC PUMP
Rotary self-priming bi-directional volumetric
electric pump used on boats to empty waste
tanks, toilet sewage and particularly viscous
oily fluids or liquids with small debries in
suspension.
83
Standard features
AISI 316 stainless steel body pump, neoprene
impeller, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft,
corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuous
duty electric motor with F insulation class,
IP44 protection.
Delivery diagram: page 95
USBM-midex
Application limits
Never let the USBM-Midex pump run when
empty.
Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.
Static pressure internal to the pump body: 6
bar max.
For use as oil and/or fuel transfer pump it is
necessary nitrile impeller (available on
request).
C
A
Spare impellers:
■ Neoprene impeller - 66538 W
■ Nitrile impeller
(for only transfer) - 66539 Y
MODEL
USBM - midex
B
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
24V DC
28 A
6 m (19.7’)
27 m (88.6’)
64 l/min
MODEL
USBM-midex
Ø IN
Ø OUT
A mm (“)
B mm (“)
C mm (“)
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
1” 1/4 BSP-F
1” 1/4 BSP-F
373 (14.7)
160 (6.3)
180 (7.1)
16 (32.3)
ELECTRIC PUMPS
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC PUMPS - UCE SERIES
84
Single impeller centrifugal electric pumps used
to transfer and/or supply large quantity of
liquid. They are used to transfer
uninflammable liquids such as diesel fuel or to
deliver fresh water to those equipments that
require a high water flow rate (eg. air
conditioning units).
Standard features
Aluminum pump body, noryl impeller, AISI 420
stainless steel shaft, cast iron support , wound
field electric motor. F insulation class. IP 20
protection.
Delivery diagram: page 95
UCE 03
Application limits
Solid impurities free liquid, liquid temperature
range from 0 to + 50 C°, max static internal
pressure of the pump body: 6 bar.
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
UCE 03-12
12V DC
38 A
4 m (13.1’)
20 m (65.6’)
65 l/min
UCE 03-24
24V DC
28 A
4 m (13.1’)
28 m (91.8’)
70 l/min
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
ELECTRIC PUMPS
UCE 03-12/24
Ø IN
Ø OUT
A mm (“)
B mm (“)
C mm (“)
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
1”
1”
260 (10.2)
125 (4.9)
140 (5.5)
6 (13.2)
CENTRIFUGAL ELCTRIC PUMPS – UB-CE SERIES
Single impeller centrifugal electric pumps used
to transfer and/or supply large quantity of
liquid. They are used to transfer
uninflammable liquids such as diesel fuel or to
deliver fresh water and sea water to those
equipments that require a high water flow
rate (ex. Air conditioning units).
85
Standard features
BRONZE pump body, BRONZE impeller, AISI
316 stainless steel shaft, bronze support,
wound field electric motor.
F insulation class. IP 55 protection.
UB-CE
Application limits
Solid impurities free liquid, liquid temperature
range 0 to + 90 C°, max static internal
pressure of the body pump: 6 bar.
B
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
UB-CE 16-12
12V DC
16 A
7 m (22.9’)
7 m (22.9’)
40 l/min
UB-CE 16-24
24V DC
8A
7 m (22.9’)
7 m (22.9’)
40 l/min
UB-CE 16-M
230V AC
1,7 A
7 m (22.9’)
7 m (22.9’)
40 l/min
UB-CE 16-T
380V AC
1,5 A
7 m (22.9’)
7 m (22.9’)
40 l/min
UB-CE 20-12
12V DC
38 A
7 m (22.9’)
14 m (45.9’)
80 l/min
UB-CE 20-24
24 V DC
20 A
7 m (22.9’)
14 m (45.9’)
80 l/min
UB-CE 20-M
230V AC
2,8 A
7 m (22.9’)
14 m (45.9’)
80 l/min
UB-CE 20-T
380V AC
2,3 A
7 m (22.9’)
14 m (45.9’)
80 l/min
UB-CE 22-24
24V DC
30 A
7 m (22.9’)
21 m (68.9’)
120 l/min
UB-CE 22-M
230V AC
4,5 A
7 m (22.9’)
21 m (68.9’)
120 l/min
UB-CE 22-T
380V AC
3A
7 m (22.9’)
21 m (68.9’)
120 l/min
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN mm (“)
Ø OUT mm (“)
A mm (“)
B mm (“)
C mm (“)
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
UB-CE 16
1/2"
1/2"
285 (11.2)
122 (4.8)
138 (5.4)
5,6 (12.3)
UB-CE 20
1”
1”
325 (12.8)
154 (6.0)
161 (6.3)
9,1 (20.0)
UB-CE 22
1”
1”
325 (12.8)
174 (6.8)
181 (7.1)
10,3 (22.7)
ELECTRIC PUMPS
C
A
BRONZE SELF-PRIMING
ELECTRIC PUMPS - UABR SERIES
Multi-stage bronze self-priming electric pump
fitted with radial impellers. These pumps are
widely used to empty bilges, to attend fire
equipments, to wash chains, to transfer fuel
diesel etc.
86
Standard features
Bronze pump body, bronze impellers, AISI 316
stainless steel shaft, continuous duty electric
motor with F insulation class, IP20 protection.
UABR
Application limits
Solid impurities free liquid, liquid temperature
range from 0 to + 90 C°, max static internal
pressure of the pump body: 20 bar.
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
UABR 32/1
24V DC
52 A
9 m (29.5’)
28 m (91.8’)
160 l/min
UABR 32/2
24V DC
90 A
9 m (29.5’)
52 m (170.6’)
160 l/min
UABR 40/1
24V DC
90 A
9 m (29.5’)
40 m (131.2’)
250 l/min
UABR 32/1-M
230V AC
9,6 A
9 m (29.5’)
28 m (91.8’)
150 l/min
UABR 32/1-T
380V AC
4,8 A
9 m (29.5’)
28 m (91.8’)
150 l/min
UABR 32/2-M
230V AC
-
9 m (29.5’)
50 m (164’)
150 l/min
UABR 32/2-T
380V AC
-
9 m (29.5’)
50 m (164’)
150 l/min
UABR 40/1-M
230V AC
14 A
9 m (29.5’)
38 m (124.7’)
220 l/min
UABR 40/1-T
380V AC
9A
9 m (29.5’)
38 m (124.7’)
220 l/min
UABR 40/2-M
230V AC
-
9 m (29.5’)
75 m (246’)
220 l/min
UABR 40/2-T
380V AC
-
9 m (29.5’)
75 m (246’)
220 l/min
UABR 50/2-T
380V AC
-
9 m (29.5’)
82 m (269’)
400 l/min
UABR 65/2-T
380V AC
-
9 m (29.5’)
85 m (278.8’)
600 l/min
ELECTRIC PUMPS
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN mm (“)
Ø OUT mm (“)
A mm (“)
B mm (“)
C mm (“)
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
UABR 32/1
100 (3.9)
140 (5.5)
690 (27.2)
135 (5.3)
247 (9.7)
56 (123.4)
UABR 32/2
100 (3.9)
140 (5.5)
730 (28.7)
135 (5.3)
247 (9.7)
60 (132.3)
UABR 40/1
110 (4.3)
150 (5.9)
785 (30.9)
155 (6.1)
272 (10.7)
70 (154.3)
UABR 32/1-M or T
100 (3.9)
140 (5.5)
680 (26.7)
135 (5.3)
247 (9.7)
40 (88.2)
UABR 32/2-M or T
100 (3.9)
140 (5.5)
720 (28.3)
135 (5.3)
247 (9.7)
44 (97.0)
UABR 40/1-M or T
110 (4.3)
150 (5.9)
780 (30.7)
155 (6.1)
272 (10.7)
58 (127.8)
UABR 40/2-M or T
110 (4.3)
150 (5.9)
840 (33.1)
155 (6.1)
272 (10.7)
75 (165.3)
UABR 50/2-T
125 (4.9)
165 (6.5)
1100 (43.3)
170 (6.7)
325 (12.8)
132 (291.0)
UABR 65/2-T
145 (5.7)
185 (7.3)
1225 (48.2)
195 (7.6)
360 (14.2)
202 (445.3)
BRONZE/STAINLESS STEEL SELF-PRIMING ELECTRIC PUMPS – USBR SERIES
Bronze self-priming electric pumps fitted with
a worm screw rotor. These pumps are widely
used to empty waste tanks, toilet sewage and
particularly viscous fluids or liquids with small
debries in suspension.
87
Standard features
BRONZE pump body, AISI 316 stainless steel
rotor, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, permanent
magnet electric motor with F insulation class.
IP 44/55 protection.
USBR
Application limits
Liquid temperature range from 0 to +70°C,
max static internal pressure of the pump
body: 6 bar.
C
A
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
USBR-12
12V DC
36 A
6 m (19.7’)
50 m (164)
50 l/min
USBR-24
24V DC
20 A
6 m (19.7’)
50 m (164)
50 l/min
USBR-M
230V AC
4A
6 m (19.7’)
50 m (164)
50 l/min
USBR-T
380V AC
3,6 A
6 m (19.7’)
50 m (164)
50 l/min
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN mm (“)
Ø OUT mm (“)
A mm (“)
B mm (“)
C mm (“)
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
USBR-12/24
1”
1”
500 (19.7)
160 (6.3)
190 (7.5)
15 (33)
USBR-M
1”
1”
465 (18.3)
160 (6.3)
210 (8.3)
16,5 (36.4)
USBR-T
1”
1”
465 (18.3)
160 (6.3)
210 (8.3)
16,5 (36.4)
ELECTRIC PUMPS
B
SELF-PRIMING STAINLESS STEEL ELECTRIC PUMPS
AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS – UJ SERIES
UJ SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPS
Self-priming centrifugal electric pumps, Jet type, with high suction
capacity. These electric pumps are used to deliver pressurized water to
on-board appliances (showers, toilets, washbasins etc.).
88
Standard features
AISI 304 stainless steel pump body, noryl diffuser and venture tube,
AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings,
continuous duty electric motor with F insulation class.
Delivery diagram: page 95.
ELECTRIC PUMPS AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Application limits
Liquid free of solid impurities, liquid temperature range: from 0° C to
50° C, static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
MODEL
UJ-INOX
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
UJ-INOX 12
12V DC
40 A
9 m (29.5’)
30 m (118.8’)
50 l/min
UJ-INOX 24
24V DC
28 A
9 m (29.5’)
38 m (124.7’)
50 l/min
UJ-INOX M
220V AC
3A
9 m (29.5’)
48 m (188.9’)
50 l/min
WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS - UJ SERIES
UJ-INOX water pressure systems are equipped with UJ electric
pumps and with a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with inside butyl
rubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constant
water pressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,
washbasins etc.
Standard features
Manual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve,
5 ways brass pipe fitting.
UJ-INOX 20X
MODEL
SWITCH
PRE-SET
TANK
PRESSURE
MAX
DELIVERY
MAX
PRESSURE
TANK
CAPACITY
UJ-INOX 12/8X
1.4-2.0 bar
1.2 bar
50 l/min
3.0 bar
8l
UJ-INOX 12/20X
1.4-2.0 bar
1.2 bar
50 l/min
3.0 bar
20 l
UJ-INOX 24/8X
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
50 l/min
3.8 bar
8l
UJ-INOX 24/20X
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
50 l/min
3.8 bar
20 l
UJ-INOX M/20X
1.4-3.5 bar
1.2 bar
50 l/min
4.8 bar
20 l
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN
Ø OUT
A
mm (“)
B
mm (“)
C
mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
UJ-INOX 12/24-8X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
400 (15.7)
225 (8.8) 430 (16.9)
13 (28.6)
UJ-INOX 12/24-20X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
400 (15.7) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6)
15 (33.0)
UJ-INOX M-20X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
400 (15.7) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 13.5 (29.7)
SELF-PRIMING BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPS
AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS - UMG SERIES
UMG SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPS
Self-priming electric pumps featuring 4 impellers that allow for a
higher pressure and flow rate then the UJ-Inox pumps.
Standard features
AISI 304 stainless steel pump body, noryl diffuser and Venturi tube, AISI
316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuous
duty electric motor with F insulation class. Delivery diagram: page 95.
89
Application limits
Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to
50° C.
Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
UMG-INOX 24
24V DC
28 A
9 m (29.5’)
50 m (164.0’)
90 l/min
UMG-INOX M
220V AC
3A
9 m (29.5’)
50 m (164.0’)
90 l/min
UMG SERIES - WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
UMG-INOX water pressure systems are equipped with a UMG
series electric pump and with a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with
inside butyl rubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for
constant water pressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens,
showers, washbasins etc.
Standard features
Manual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve,
5 ways brass pipe fitting.
UMG-INOX 20X
MODEL
SWITCH
PRE-SET
TANK
PRESSURE
MAX
DELIVERY
MAX
PRESSURE
TANK
CAPACITY
UMG-INOX 24/20X
1.4 – 3.5 bar
1.2 bar
90 l/min
5 bar
20 l
UMG-INOX M/20X
1.4 – 3.5 bar
1.2 bar
90 l/min
5 bar
20 l
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN
Ø OUT
A
mm (“)
B
mm (“)
C
mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
UMG-INOX 24-20X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
570 (22.4) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6)
UMG-INOX M-20X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
570 (22.4) 260 (10.2) 575 (22.6) 16.5 (36.4)
20 (44.0)
ELECTRIC PUMPS AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
UMG-INOX
SELF-PRIMING BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPS
AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS - UJBR SERIES
UJBR SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPS
Self-priming electric pumps, Jet type, with closed impeller, featuring a high
suction capacity. These electric pumps are used for rising both fresh and sea
water and to deliver pressurized water to on-board appliances
(showers, toilets, washbasins etc), to air-conditioning units, anti-fire
equipment. Used for washing of decks and chains.
90
Standard features
Bronze pump body, polycarbonate diffuser and Venturi tube, AISI 316 stainless
steel shaft, special brass alloy impeller, corrosion-proof clamping rings,
continuous duty electric motor with F insulation class.
Delivery diagram: page 95.
ELECTRIC PUMPS AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Application limits
Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C.
Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
UJBR
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
UJBR 12
12V DC
42 A
8 m (26.2’)
30 m (98.4’)
44 l/min
UJBR 24
24V DC
28 A
9 m (29.5’)
36 m (118.1’)
55 l/min
UJBR M
220V AC
3A
9 m (29.5’)
52 m (170.6’)
55 l/min
UJBR SERIES - WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
UJBR water pressure systems are equipped with a UJBR electric
pump and with a stainless steel cylindrical tank (X) with inside butyl
rubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely used for constant
water pressure for all on-board appliances such as kitchens, showers,
washbasins etc.
Standard features
Manual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve,
5 ways brass pipe fitting.
UJBR 20X
MODEL
SWITCH
PRE-SET
TANK
PRESSURE
MAX
DELIVERY
MAX
PRESSURE
TANK
CAPACITY
UJBR 12/8X
1.4-2.0 bar
1.2 bar
44 l/min
3.0 bar
8l
UJBR 12/20X
1.4-2.0 bar
1.2 bar
44 l/min
3.0 bar
20 l
UJBR 24/8X
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
55 l/min
3.6 bar
8l
UJBR 24/20X
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
55 l/min
3.6 bar
20 l
UJBR M/20X
1.4-3.5 bar
1.2 bar
55 l/min
5.2 bar
20 l
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN
Ø OUT
A
mm (“)
B
mm (“)
C
mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
UJBR 12/8X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
455 (17.9)
220 (8.7) 420 (16.5)
26 (57.3)
UJBR 12/20X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2)
28 (61.7)
UJBR 24/8X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
455 (17.9)
220 (8.7) 420 (16.5)
26 (57.3)
UJBR 24/20X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2)
28 (61.7)
UJBR M/20X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
480 (18.9) 260 (10.2) 590 (23.2)
26 (57.3)
PERIPHERAL BRONZE ELECTRIC PUMPS
AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS - UPB SERIES
UPB SERIES ELECTRIC PUMPS
Compact single-impeller peripheral electric pumps apt to develop high
pressures compared to limited flow rate. These electric pumps are used
for rising both and sea water and to deliver pressurized water to onboard appliances (showers, toilets, washbasins etc.), to air-conditioning
units, anti-fire equipment.
Used for washing of decks and chains.
91
Standard features
Bronze body pump, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, special BRASS alloy
impeller, corrosion-proof clamping rings, continuous duty electric
motor with F insulation class. Delivery diagram: page 95.
Application limits
Liquid free of solid impurities. Liquid temperature range: from 0° C to
70° C. Static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar max.
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX
DELIVERY
UPB 12
12V DC
36 A
6 m (19.7’)
40 m (131.2’)
35 l/min
UPB 24
24V DC
22 A
6 m (19.7’)
42 m (137.8’)
36 l/min
UPB SERIES - WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
UPB are equipped with a UPB electric pump, a stainless steel (X) or
white painted steel (L) cylindrical tank with a stainless steel flange and
with an internal butyl rubber diaphragm suitable for food stuff, widely
used for constant water pressure for all on-board appliances such as
kitchens, showers, washbasins etc.
Standard features
Manual safety pressure switch, pressure gauge, non return valve,
5 ways brass pipe fitting.
UPB 2X
MODEL
SWITCH
PRE-SET
TANK
PRESSURE
MAX
DELIVERY
MAX
PRESSURE
TANK
CAPACITY
UPB-12/2X
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
35 l/min
4 bar
2l
UPB-12/8X-L
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
35 l/min
4 bar
8l
UPB-24/2X
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
36 l/min
4.2 bar
2l
UPB-24/8X-L
1.4-2.8 bar
1.2 bar
36 l/min
4.2 bar
8l
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
MODEL
Ø IN
Ø OUT
A
mm (“)
B
mm (“)
C
mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
UPB-12/2X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
295 (11.6)
205 (8.1) 295 (11.6)
9 (19.8)
UPB-12/8X-L
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
420 (16.5)
225 (8.8) 330 (13.0)
10 (22.0)
UPB-24/2X
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
295 (11.6)
205 (8.1) 295 (11.6)
9 (19.8)
UPB-24/8X-L
1” BSP-F
1” BSP-F
420 (16.5)
225 (8.8) 330 (13.0)
10 (22.0)
ELECTRIC PUMPS AND WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
UPB
TWIN WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
92
TWIN WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Twin water pressure systems including 2 self-priming electric pumps
(UJ-INOX or UMG-INOX stainless steel made), or 2 self priming electric
pumps (UJBR bronze made), widely used in the marine field to grant
a proper and constant water pressure for all on board utilities such as:
showers, kitchen, washbasins, toilets, etc.
With this peculiar application a double flow rate can be obtained and
the system can face an emergency stop of one of the pumps during
navigation.
The use of twin water pressure systems UGA-J, UGA-MG and UGA-JBR
Series allows a water capacity higher than the traditional pressure sets,
as the two pumps, whatever DC, AC, or mixed DC and AC, can work
either simultaneously or singularly.
For a proper operation of the group, a water tank is recommended.
UGA1/JBR
TWIN WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS
Vertical twin water pressure systems are available on request.
UGA 1/J - UGA1/MG
MODEL
PUMP 1
PUMP 2
MOTOR
POWER
Kw
CURRENT
A
MAX
DELIVERY
MAX
PRESSURE
UGA1/J
UJ-INOX 24
UJ-INOX 24
DC+DC
0,6+0,6
28+28
50+50 l/min.
3.8 bar
UGA2/J
UJ-INOX M
UJ-INOX M
AC+AC
0,6+0,6
/
50+50 l/min.
4 bar
UGA3/J
UJ-INOX 24
UJ-INOX M
DC+AC
0,6+0,6
28+/
50+50 l/min.
4 bar
UGA1/MG
UMG-INOX 24
UMG-INOX 24
DC+DC
0,75+0,75
40+40
90+90 l/min.
5 bar
UGA2/MG
UMG-INOX M
UMG-INOX M
AC+AC
0,75+0,75
/
90+90 l/min.
5 bar
UGA3/MG
UMG-INOX 24
UMG-INOX M
DC+AC
0,75+0,75
40+/
90+90 l/min.
5 bar
UGA1/JBR
UJBR 24
UJBR 24
DC+DC
0,6+0,6
28+28
55+55 l/min.
3,6 bar
UGA2/JBR
UJBR M
UJBR M
AC+AC
0,6+0,6
/
55+55 l/min.
5 bar
UGA3/JBR
UJBR 24
UJBR M
DC+AC
0,6+0,6
28+/
55+55 l/min.
5 bar
WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS WITH ELECTRONIC PRESSURE CONTROL
UJ-INOX/EPC
UMG-INOX/EPC
UPB/EPC
UJBR/EPC
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
MAX
DELIVERY
MAX
PRESSURE
UJ-INOX/EPC-12
12V DC
40 A
50 l/min
3 bar
UJ-INOX/EPC-24
24V DC
28 A
50 l/min
3,8 bar
UJ-INOX/EPC-M
230V AC
-
50 l/min
4,8 bar
UMG-INOX/EPC-24
24V DC
40 A
90 l/min
5 bar
UMG-INOX/EPC-M
230V AC
-
90 l/min
5 bar
UJBR/EPC-12
12V DC
42 A
44 l/min
3 bar
UJBR/EPC-24
24V DC
28 A
55 l/min
3,6 bar
UJBR/EPC-M
230V AC
-
55 l/min
5,2 bar
UPB/EPC-12
12V DC
36 A
35 l/min
4 bar
UPB/EPC-24
24V DC
22 A
36 l/min
4,2 bar
Inlet: 1” BSP - F (Gas)
Outlet: 1” BSP - M (Gas)
93
WATER PRESSURE SYSTEMS WITH ELECTRONIC PRESSURE CONTROL
Water Pressure Systems featuring an Electronic Control System EPC (Electronic Pressure Control) that automatically
controls the pump start and stop stages when the pressure drops or when the water supply to the system is interrupted.
The electronic control system EPC will guarantee the automatic stop of the pump when the water supply has run out
(preventing damage to the pump if dry running) and will offer constant monitoring of the operation by means of warning
lights.
If in lack of water the pump stops, in which case the EPC device will allow the pump to make brief starts at regular breaks to
check the availability of water. If the pump is able to take in water during one of these attempts (maximum 4), the pressure
booster set will restart its normal operation. After four attempts, the EPC device will stop the pump definitively. The pump can
then be restarted only by pressing the “Reset” button.
BIDIRECTIONAL SELF-PRIMING PUMPS
NAUTIC AND SPECIAL SERIES
94
US
UN
UN F
US FM
Bidirectional side liquid ring self-priming pumps. Thanks to their high delivery capability, these pumps are widely used
in marine applications sector to empty bilges or for sea water suction. Upon request these pumps are also available
with BSP thread.
Standard features
Bronze body pump, bronze impeller, bronze pipe fittings, AISI 316 stainless steel shaft, corrosion-proof clamping rings.
Delivery diagram: page 95.
Application limits
Liquid free of solid impurities, liquid temperature range: from 0° C to 70° C, static pressure inside the pump body: 6 bar
max.
SELF-PRIMING PUMPS
NAUTIC SERIES
MODEL
OPERATION
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX DELIVERY
l/[email protected] rpm
UN 025
Bare shaft
6 m (19.7’)
18 m (70.8’)
60 @ 2800
UN 030-030 F
Manual clutch
6 m (19.7’)
18 m (70.8’)
75 @ 1400
UN 040-040 F
Manual clutch
6 m (19.7’)
22 m (88.6’)
120 @ 1400
UN 050-050 F
Manual clutch
6 m (19.7’)
30 m (118.1’)
230 @ 1400
UN 070-070 F
Manual clutch
6 m (19.7’)
40 m (157.4’)
500 @ 1400
MODEL
OPERATION
MAX
INLET
MAX
HEAD
MAX DELIVERY
l/[email protected] rpm
US 020
Bare shaft
6 m (19.7’)
15 m (59.0’)
30 @ 2800
US 025
Bare shaft
6 m (19.7’)
18 m (70.8’)
60 @ 2800
US 030-030 FM*
Magnetic clutch
6 m (19.7’)
18 m (70.8’)
75 @ 1400
US 040-040 FM*
Magnetic clutch
6 m (19.7’)
22 m (88.6’)
120 @ 1400
US 050-050 FM*
Magnetic clutch
6 m (19.7’)
30 m (118.1’)
230 @ 1400
SPECIAL SERIES
*FM = Magnetic clutch 12 V DC or 24 V
UFLEX ELECTRIC PUMP PERFORMANCES (DELIVERY DIAGRAMS)
PUMP PERFORMANCES
95
CENTRIFUGAL ELECTRIC
BLOWERS - UBLC SERIES
UBLC spiral centrifugal electric blowers are used for
suction and ventilation of air in closed
compartments such as toilets, kitchen, engine room
etc.
96
Standard features
Painted steel casing, fan with forward and
balanced steel blades, continuous duty electric
motor with F insulation class, IP 44 protection
(alternal current), IP 23 (direct current)
The orientation of the blower must be stated when
ordering (see drawing).
UBLC
LD
(LEFT DIRECTION)
(DIREZIONE SINISTRA)
MODEL
VOLT
MAX
AMP
RPM
MAX DELIVERY
m3/min
MAX HEAD
mm H2O
UBLC 002-12
12V DC
3,2 A
2800
4,5
22
UBLC 002-24
24V DC
1,6 A
2800
4,5
22
230V AC/380V AC
-
2800
4,5
22
UBLC 004-12
12V DC
6A
2500
12
35
UBLC 004-24
24V DC
3A
2500
12
35
230V AC/380V AC
-
2800
15
45
UBLC 015-12
12V DC
24 A
1400
24
34
UBLC 015-24
24V DC
13 A
1400
24
34
230V AC/380V AC
-
1400
24
34
UBLC 028-12
12V DC
26 A
2800
24
64
UBLC 028-24
24V DC
14 A
2800
24
64
230V AC/380V AC
-
2800
24
64
UBLC 023-12
12V DC
30 A
2000
37
64
UBLC 023-24
24V DC
22 A
2000
37
64
230V AC/380V AC
-
2800
58
130
24V DC
30 A
1400
50
55
UBLC 025-M or T
230V AC/380V AC
-
1400
50
55
UBLC 030-M or T
230V AC/380V AC
-
1400
95
75
UBLC 002-M or T
UBLC 004-M or T
CENTRIFUGAL BLOWERS
RD
(RIGHT DIRECTION)
(DIREZIONE DESTRA)
UBLC 015-M or T
UBLC 028-M or T
UBLC 023-M or T
UBLC 025-24
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS: SEE PAGE 98
HELICOIDAL ELECTRIC
BLOWERS - UVE SERIES
UVE helicoidal electric blowers are used for suction
and ventilation of air in closed compartments such
as toilets, kitchen and engine rooms.
Standard features
Painted sheet steel drum, polypropylene balanced
fan (temperature range: from -5° C to 70° C),
continuous duty electric motor with F insulation
class, IP 44 protection.
97
UVE
P
A
FLUSSO
FLUX
FLUSSO
FLUX
P
A
RETE DI PROTEZIONE
PROTECTION GRID
MODEL
TIPO/TYPE
A
FLUX A = Blower
FLUX P = Extractor
TIPO/TYPE
P
RETE DI PROTEZIONE
PROTECTION GRID
VOLT
MAX
AMP
RPM
MAX DELIVERY
m3/min
MAX HEAD
mm H2O
12V DC
24V DC
12 A
6A
2800
2800
22
22
14
14
UVE 25-12
UVE 25-24
UVE 25-M or T
12V DC
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
22 A
11A
-
2500
2500
2800
30
30
35
13
13
14
UVE 30-12
UVE 30-24
UVE 30-M or T
12V DC
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
10 A
5A
1400
1400
1400
42
42
42
8
8
8
UVE 30/2-24
UVE 30/2-M or T
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
14 A
2000
2800
75
78
22
35
UVE 35-12
UVE 35-24
UVE 35-M or T
12V DC
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
12 A
6A
-
1400
1400
1400
56
56
56
13
13
13
UVE 35/2-24
UVE 35/2-M or T
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
16 A
-
2000
2800
96
100
18
46
UVE 40-12
UVE 40-24
UVE 40-M or T
12V DC
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
14 A
7A
-
1400
1400
1400
70
70
70
14
14
14
UVE 40/2-24
UVE 40/2-M or T
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
18 A
-
2000
2800
130
130
24
40
UVE 45-24
UVE 45-M or T
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
9A
-
1400
1400
107
107
17
17
UVE 45/2-24
UVE 45/2-M or T
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
22 A
-
2000
2800
144
175
28
51
UVE 50-24
UVE 50-M or T
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
38 A
-
1400
1400
160
160
20
20
UVE 56-24
UVE 56-M or T
24V DC
230V AC/380V AC
40 A
-
1400
1400
225
225
23
23
UVE 63-M or T
230V AC/380V AC
-
1400
312
32
UVE 71-T
380V AC
-
1400
330
30
UVE 71/B or T
380V AC
-
1400
400
40
UVE 21-12
UVE 21-24
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS: SEE PAGE 98
HELICOIDAL BLOWERS
The orientation of the blower must be specified
when ordering (see drawing below).
CENTRIFUGAL AND HELICOIDAL ELECTRIC BLOWERS
UBLC - DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
98
MODEL
Ø IN mm (”)
Ø OUT mm (”)
A mm (”)
B mm (”)
C mm (”)
WEIGHT kg (lbs)
UBLC 002
58 (2.3)
58 (2.3)
190 (7.5)
295 (11.6)
168 (6.6)
3,5 (7.7)
UBLC 004
98 (3.8)
98 (3.8)
270 (10.6)
370 (14.6)
225 (8.8)
6 (13.2)
UBLC 015
148 (5.8)
148 (5.8)
405 (16.0)
415 (16.3)
338 (13.3)
14 (30.9)
UBLC 028
118 (4.6)
118 (4.6)
322 (12.7)
390 (15.3)
273 (12.6)
10 (22)
UBLC 023
200 (7.8)
160 (6.3)
420 (16.5)
530 (20.8)
340 (13.4)
18 (39.7)
UBLC 025
250 (9.8)
200 (7.8)
510 (20)
570 (22.4)
420 (16.5)
23 (50.7)
UBLC 030
300 (11.8)
250 (9.8)
610 (24)
580 (22.8)
500 (19.7)
38 (83.8)
UVE - DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS
A
ØV
ØT
BLOWERS
RETE DI PROTEZIONE
PROTECTION GRID
MODEL
A mm (“)
Ø V mm (“)
Ø T mm (“)
WEIGHT Kg (lbs)
UVE 21
255 (10)
205 (8.1)
275 (10.8)
6 (13.2)
UVE 25
325 (12.8)
250 (9.8)
315 (12.2)
7 (15.4)
UVE 30
300 (11.8)
305 (12.0)
378 (14.9)
8 (17.6)
UVE 30/2
330 (13.0)
305 (12.0)
378 (14.9)
10 (22)
UVE 35
300 (11.8)
350 (13.8)
425 (16.7)
9 (19.8)
UVE 35/2
330 (13.0)
350 (13.8)
425 (16.7)
11 (14.3)
UVE 40
330 (13.0)
410 (16.1)
473 (18.6)
12 (26.4)
UVE 40/2
370 (14.5)
410 (16.1)
473 (18.6)
14 (30.8)
UVE 45
330 (13.0)
450 (17.7)
523 (20.6)
13 (28.6)
UVE 45/2
380 (14.9)
450 (17.7)
523 (20.6)
18 (39.7)
UVE 50
400 (15.7)
500 (19.7)
573 (22.5)
21 (46.3)
UVE 56
400 (15.7)
560 (22.0)
633 (24.9)
24 (52.9)
UVE 63
420 (16.5)
630 (24.8)
704 (27.7)
27 (59.5)
UVE 71
450 (17.7)
700 (27.5)
774 (30.5)
48 (105.8)
UVE 71/B
510 (20.1)
700 (27.5)
774 (30.5)
58 (127.9)
QUALITY MARINE ELECTRICAL PRODUCTS
E L E C T R I C A L
MARINE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENTS
99
SHORE POWER FEATURES
EASY LOCK™ SYSTEM
100
Marinco’s exclusive Easy Lock System has been
designed to make hook-up quick and easy. Just
connect the cordset (with an Easy Lock locking ring
installed) to the inlet and turn the locking ring less
than a quarter turn.
The tabs on the locking ring lock into the inlet for
a positive watertight hook-up while eliminating
any chance of cross threading. The locking ring
features lock locators positioned at 180° to improve
finger grip during attachment.
Easy Lock inlets have a threaded boss that will
accept threaded cordsets as well.
SOFT TOUCH™ CAP DESIGN
MARINCO inlets feature the Soft Touch cap design.
The Soft Touch hinge is designed with a special cam
feature that allows it to stay “locked” open in the
upright position during hook-up. A “soft touvh”
unloks it for closing.
PowerCord PLUS® CORDSET
The PowerCord PLUS® has features you will not
find on other cordsets.
Power Indicator light
LED Power indicator light – lets you know if you
have power
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS
Comfort Grip with Thumbprint Locator
Moulded to fit the contour of your hand.
Thumbprint Locator lines up the locking blades for
quick and easy connections.
-
LED Power Indicator Light
Contour Grip Ends
Thumbprint Locator
Super Flexible 10/3 Cable
Easy LockTM System
High Quality Marine Grade Construction
Watertight Molded Plug & Connectors
Includes threaded ring and Easy Lock ring
All PowerCord PLUS cords assembled complete
with Watertight Connector Cap to ensure CE
compliance
- CE marked
16 Amp/220V & 32 Amp/220V SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
16 Amp/220V & 32 Amp/220V 50 Hz - POWER INLETS
316 Stainless Steel
Easy Lock System
Soft Touch cap design
Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief
303SSEL-BX - 66753A - 16A
6371EL-BX - 66766K - 32A
■
■
■
■
Glass-filled polyester
Easy Lock System
Watertight
Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief
301EL-BX - 66754C -16A
6351EL-BX - 66767M - 32A
■
■
■
■
Glass-filled polyester
Easy Lock System
Watertight
Rear safety enclosure w/
strain relief
304EL-BX - 66755E - 16A
6343EL-BX - 66768P - 32A
■
■
■
■
■ Glass-filled polyester
■ Chrome plated cover
■ Easy Lock System
■ Watertight
■ Rear safety enclosure
6343EL-BXCR – 66769S - 32A
101
16 Amp/220V & 32Amp/220V - FEMALE CONNECTORS
■ Female Connector
■ Corrosion resistant contacts
and terminals
305CRCXN - 66757J - 16A
6360CRNX - 66770A - 32A
■ Weatherproof Cover with
threaded ring
■ Use with female connectors
103RNX - 66758L - for 16A
7715CRNX - 66771C - for 32A
■ Watertight Connector
Sealing Cap
■ Use with cover and
connector to ensure CE
compliance
199109 - 66759N - for 16A
199110 - 66772E - for 32A
■ PowerCord™ Cordset
■ 3,3 mm² (12/3)
■ With Female connector
■ Blunt cut male end
50PCMX - 66760X - 15,24 m (50 ft)
25PCMX - 66761Z - 7,62 m (25 ft)
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset
■ 3,3 mm² (12/3)
■ With moulded connector
with LED power indicator
light
■ Blunt cut male end
50SPPX - 66762B - 15,24 m (50 ft)
32 Amp/220V 50 Hz - SHORE POWER CORDSET
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset
■ 3,3 mm (12/3)
■ With moulded connector
with LED power indicator
light and IEC 60309 male
plug (IP44)
■ Watertight connector
sealing cap for CE
compliance
15M32AXP – 66773G - 15 m
(49.2 ft)
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset
■ 2,5 mm² (10/3)
■ With moulded connector
with LED power indicator
light and IEC 60309 male
plug (IP44)
■ Watertight connector
sealing cap for CE
compliance
20MSPPXP - 66763D - 20 m (65.6 ft)
15MSPPXP - 66764F - 15 m (49.2 ft)
10MSPPXP - 66765H - 10 m (32.8 ft)
CABLE CLIP
■ Includes 6 Cable Clips with
stainless steel mounting
screws
■ Keeps shore power cable
out of the water
■ Holds 10 gauge 30A cable
■ Easy to install
■ Use on deck or edge of
dock
■ Organize shore power cable
CLIP – 66825 Z
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS
16 Amp/220V 50 Hz - SHORE POWER CORDSETS
50 Amp 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
50 AMP 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE - POWER INLETS
102
■ Solid cast 316 stainless steel
■ Easy Lock System
■ Soft Touch cap stays open
in the upright position
■ Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief
■ Locking waterproof cap
6373EL-B – 66774J - 50A
■ Same as 6373EL-B power
inlet, without rear safaty
enclosure
6373EL - 66776N - 50A
Glass-filled polyester
Easy Lock System
Watertight cap
Rear safety enclosure
w/strain relief
■ Marine stainless steel trim
6353EL-B – 66775L - 50A
■
■
■
■
■ Glass-filled polyester
■ Easy Lock System
■ Soft Touch cap stays open
in the upright position
■ Chrome finish cover
■ Rear safety enclosure
■ Stainless steel trim
6344EL-BCR – 66777R - 50A
50 Amp 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE - MALE PLUG AND FEMALE CONNECTOR
■ Male Plug ribbed, thick wall
nylon housing for secure
gripping
■ Use with weatherproof
7717N cover for superior
seal
6365CRN – 66778T -50A
■ Weatherproof cover for
male plug 6365CRN
7717N – 66822T
50 Amp 125/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE
■ Female connector ribbed,
nylon housing for secure
gripping
■ Use with weatherproof
7715CRN cover for superior
seal
6364CRN – 66779V - 50A
“Y” ADAPTER
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS
SHORE POWER CORDSET
■ PowerCord ™ PLUS Cordset
■ LED power indicator light – lets you
know if you have power
■ Watertightmolded plug and connector
for safety and durability
■ Contoured grip ends with Thumbprint
Locator for fast and esasy connection
■ Includes Easy Lock Ring and astandard
threaded ring for hook-up to ordinary
threaded inlets
6152SPP – 66783K – 15,24 m (50 ft)
6152SPP-25 – 66784M– 7,62 m (25 ft)
■ Weatherproof cover for
female connector 6364CRN
7715CRN – 66771C
SEALING COLLAR WITH THREADED
RING
■ Locking with Sealing Collar System
510R
165AY – 66781F – 50A
■ Provides maximum moisture protection
between cordset and adapter.
510R – 66782H
110R – 67056G
63 Amp/220V 50 Hz SHORE POWER PRODUCTS - SINGLE PHASE 3-WIRE,
THREE PHASE 4-WIRE
Power Inlet
316 stainless steel
Easy Lock System
Soft Touch cap design
Rear safety enclosure with
strain relief
6401EL-BX – 66785M – 63A
Single Phase, 3-wire
6402EL-BX – 66788W – 63A
Three Phase, 4-wire
■
■
■
■
■
■ Female Connector
■ Corrosion resistant contacts
and terminals
■ Best when used with
weatherproof cover
7715CRNX
6401CRCX – 66786S - 63A
Single Phase, 3-wire
6402CRCX – 66789Y - 63A
Three Phase, 4-wire
■ Male Plug
■ Corrosion resistant
materials
■ Best when used with
weatherproof cover
7715CRNX
6401CRPX - 66787U - 63A
Single Phase, 3-wire
6402CRPX - 66790G - 63A
Three Phase, 4-wire
■ Weatherproof cover for 63
Amp male plugs and female
connectors both single and
three phase
7715CRN – 66771C
103
100 Amp 125V/250V; 3 POLE, 4-WIRE CONNECTOR AND SHORE POWER INLET
■ Yellow AMAPLAST watertight connector
■ Body has gasketed locking ring to mate with the M4100B12R
inlet
M4100C12R – 66792L – 100A
100 Amp/380V; 4 POLE, 5-WIRE CONNECTOR AND SHORE POWER INLET
■ Yellow AMAPLAST watertight connector
■ Body has gasketed locking ring to mate with the M5100B9R
inlet
M5100C9R – 66794R- 100A
■ Gray AMAPLAST shore power inlet
■ Gasketed spring loaded cover provides an IP67 watertight
rating when tightened
M5100B9R – 66795T – 100A
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS
■ Gray AMAPLAST shore power inlet
■ Gasketed spring loaded cover provides an IP67 watertight
rating when tightened
M4100B12R – 66793N – 100A
30 Amp/125V SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
104
■ Male Plug ribbed for secure
gripping
■ Compact design
305CRPN – 66817A - 30A
■ Weatherproof cover for
male plug 305CRPN
102N - 66818C
■ Female Connector ribbed
for secure gripping
■ Compact design
305CRCN – 66819E – 30A
■ Weatherproof cover with
threaded ring for female
connector 305CRCN
103RN – 66758L
50 Amp/125V; 2 POLE, 3-WIRE SHORE POWER PRODUCTS
■ Male Plug ribbed, thick wall
nylon housing for secure
gripping
■ Use with weatherproof
7717N cover for superior
seal
6361CRN – 66821R - 50A
■ Weatherproof cover for
male plug 6361CRN
7717N – 66822T
■ Female connector ribbed,
nylon housing for secure
gripping
■ Use with weatherproof
7715CRN cover for superior
seal
6360CRN – 66823V - 50A
■ Weatherproof cover for
female connector 6360CRN
7715CRN – 66771C
■ Standard glass-filled
polyester inlet
■ Watertight cap
■ Stainless steel trim on cap
PH6574TV – 66798Z
Phone and Cable TV Inlet
TV6574 - 66799B
Cable TV Inlet
■ Female Phone Connector
With cover
PH6629 – 66848M
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS
PHONE AND CABLE TV INLETS
316 stainless steel inlet
Locking waterproof cap
Soft Touch cap design
Watertight rear boot
(PH/TV inlet only)
PH6592TV-SS - 66796V
Phone and Cable TV Inlet
TV6592 - 66797X
Cable TV Inlet
■
■
■
■
■ Contoured glass-filled
polyester inlet
■ Watertight cap
■ Soft Touch cap design
■ Stainless steel trim on cap
PH6444TV – 66800G
Phone and Cable TV Inlet
TV6444 - 66801J
Cable TV Inlet
PHONE AND CABLE TV CORDSETS
Telephone Cordset
■ 3 conductor vinyl cord provides
portable connection for RVs and
pleasure boats
PH6599 – 66802L - 15,24 m (50 ft)
TV Cable Cordset
■ Standard 75 Ohm, with quick,
slip-on connections and heavy
duty boots included on both
ends
TV99-25 - 66805T - 7,62 m (25 ft)
PERMANENT IMMERSION SHORE POWER CORDS
FEATURES:
■ Conductor: Red Copper Class 5 in
conformity with HD 383 / IEC 228 rules
■ Insulation: special compound
■ Protective covering: yellow special
compound, for marine applications. Flame
retardant: NFC.32-070 C2 – IEC 60332-1
■ Rated voltage: 0,6/1kW – 50/60 Hz
■ Operating temperature in air: -40°C to
+70°C. In motion: -25°C to +70°C
■ Operating temperature in immersion: 50°C
■ Immersion depth: 250 m (820’) – 25 bar
■ Permanent immersion in conformity with
BS 6920 – AD8 NF C 15-100 rule
■ Flame retardant in conformity with NF C
32-070 C2 – IEC 60332-1 rules
■ Excellent resistance to weathering and low
water absorption: 1% / 2%
■ Excellent resistance to UV according to
SEPAP test 1000 hours at 60°C
■ Resistance to radiations: 80 Mrad (8.100
cJ/kg)
■ Excellent resistance to ozone in conformity
with VDE 0472 § 805 rule
■ Resistance to salt fogs: in conformity with
ASTM B - 117 test 500 hours
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
APPLICABLE PLUG + SOCKET KIT
67024T
Shore power cord 3x2,5 mm2 – 1 metre
16
67025V
Shore power cord 3x4 mm – 1 metre
32
67026X
Shore power cord 3x6 mm2 – 1 metre
32
67027Z
Shore power cord 3x10 mm2 – 1 metre
50
67028B
Shore power cord 3x16 mm2 – 1 metre
63
67029D
Shore power cord 3x25 mm – 1 metre
100
67030M
Shore power cord 4x25 mm – 1 metre
100
67310U
Shore power cord 3x2,5 mm2 – 30 m spool
-
67031P
Shore power cord 3x2,5 mm2 – 50 m spool
-
67311W
Shore power cord 3x4 mm – 30 m spool
-
67032S
Shore power cord 3x4 mm – 50 m spool
-
67837M
Shore power cord 3x6 mm – 30 m spool
-
67033U
Shore power cord 3x6 mm – 50 m spool
-
67755K
Shore power cord 3x10 mm – 20 m spool
-
67863N
Shore power cord 3x16 mm2 – 50 m spool
-
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
PERMANENT IMMERSION SHORE POWER CORDS
105
SeaLink® 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE AND PLUG
SHORE POWER SYSTEMS - BRAIDED SLEEVINGS
106
12V DC Receptacle
■ Watertight sealing cap
■ Easy to install with supplied
mounting plate for front
panel installation, or
locking ring for rear access
installation
■ Compatible with standard
12V plugs
12VRC – 66414B
12V DC Receptacle white
■ Weather resistant plug
cover
■ Easy to install, with
supplied mounting plate
for front panel installation,
or locking ring for rear
access installation
■ Compatible with standard
12V plugs
12VRCW – 66862F
12V BR Receptacle and
12V BP Plug
■ Weather resistant plug
cover
■ Ergonomic contoured grip
for easy hook-up and
ground blade alignment
■ Easy to install, with
supplied mounting plate
for front panel installation,
or locking ring for rear
access installation
12VBR – 67220T
12VBP – 67219J
2V DC Plug
■ Moisture proof sealing ring
■ LED power indicator light
■ Interchangeable 10A fuse
■ Internal strain relief and
cord seal
■ Compatible with standard
12V receptacles
12VPG – 66415D
SeaLink® ACCESSORIES
12V DC Extension Cord
■ Heavy duty 18 gauge wire,
extends to over 1,8 m (6 ft)
■ Watertight cap
■ Plug features a LED
indicator light, moisture
proof sealing ring, strain
relief and built-in 10A fuse
■ Works with any standard
12V plug and receptacle
12VXT – 66810K
12V DC Dual Outlet Cord
■ Heavy duty 18 gauge wire,
extends to over 0,3 m (1 ft)
■ Watertight cap
■ Plug features a LED
indicator light, moisture
proof sealing ring, strain
relief and built-in 10A fuse
■ Works with any standard
12V plug and receptacle
12VAD – 66811M
MONOFILAMENT POLYESTER BRAIDED SLEEVINGS FOR CABLES
new
TECHNICAL FEATURES
■ Temperature class: F
■ Continuous working temperature rating:
-50°C +155°C with peaks at +180°C
■ Halogen free
■ Flammability: self extinguishing
■ Good mechanical resistance
■ Excellent resistance to abrasion
■ Good resistance to solvent
■ Non watertight
■ Very flexible
■ Expansion ratio: from 1 to 2
■ Use: hot cutting to avoid fraying
■ Colour: black
APPLICATIONS
STANDARDS
■ Compliant with RoHS 2002/95/CE specifications
■ NF EN 60684-1 (10-2003)
■ NF EN 60684-2 (01-1998) modified by
NF EN 60684-2/A1 (12-2003)
NF EN 60684-2/A2 (05/2006)
■ NF EN 60684-3 sheets 340 to 342 (4-2003)
NOMINAL INTERNAL
DIAMETER
PART No.
1 m legth
BULK PART No.
ROLLS
ROLL LENGTH
metres
ROLL WEIGHT
Kg
10 mm (0.39”)
68146 N
68180 N
100 m
8,0
15 mm (0.59”)
68147 R
68181 R
50 m
6,3
20 mm (0.78”)
68148 T
68182 T
50 m
8,9
25 mm (0.98”)
68149 V
68183 V
50 m
10,1
30 mm (1.18”)
68150 D
68184 X
50 m
13,5
SPL SERIES – PRECISION WIRELESS CONTROLLED SPOTLIGHTS
new
TECHNICAL FEATURES;
■ Bright 100W halogen bulb
■ Uniform 132sq. ft (25 m) coverage with
370° rotation and 120° tilt
■ Durable, weatherproof housing
■ Universal 12V or 24V operation
■ Wireless, hand held control SPRL-2 supplied
with spotlight. Range 65 m (200 ft)
■ Current draw: 7 Amp in use. 0,03 Amp
standby
■ Peak beam intensity: 210.000 CP. Peak
beam distance: 280 m
■ Operation temperature: -15°C a 45°C
■ Dimensions: 7,5”x7,5”x9,25” (cm
19x19x23,5)
■ Weight: 3,3 lbs (1.5 kg)
■ IP rating: IP56
■ Housing material: UV resistant PC/ASA
■ Lens material: UV resistant Lexan®
107
SPL-12W
new
SPL-12W – 68115 B 12/24 V, white
SPL-12B – 68116 D 12/24 V, black
SPL-12C – 68117 F 12/24 V, chrome
SPRL-2 – 68120 U
Wireless control supplied with spotlight
Dim. 88x57x19mm (3.5”X2.5”X0.75”)
SPL-12B
new
SPL-12C
REPLACEMENT BULBS:
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
202319
68118 H
12 Volt, halogen H3
202320
68119 K
24 Volt, halogen H3
SPOTLIGHTS
Supplied with spotlight
BEAMER™ - HALOGEN SPOTLIGHTS
REMOTE CONTROL HALOGEN SPOTLIGHT
108
■ Illuminates objects up to a mile away
■ Marine grade construction
■ Light can be directed manually without damaging
motors
■ Beamer lights are motorized for smooth trouble free
remote operation
- Spot Power: 300.000 CP
- Amp Draw: 8 Amp, up to 10 on start
- Operation: 12V Halogen
- Bulb: replaceable 100 Watt Halogen bulb
- Overall Dimensions: H 263mm (10.37”) x W 187mm
- (7.37”) x D 235mm (9.25”)
- Base Dimensions: W 146mm (5.75”) x D 159mm
- (6.25”)
- Weight: 1,7 kg (3.75 lbs)
SPOTLIGHT WITH PUSH BUTTON CONTROL
502A - 66943F - 12V Spotlight controlled by a
push button
SPOTLIGHT WITH JOYSTICK CONTROL
-
15 ft wiring harness included
Smaller diameter wiring harness is easy to install
Secondary station may be added, 502-1 only (see
parts and accessories)
Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L
69,8mm (2.75”)
502-1 66897 B – 12V Spotlight with Joystick Control
502-2 66898 D – 24V Spotlight with Joystick Control
SPOTLIGHT WITH WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL
-
Wireless transmitter controls spotlight functions
Remote control works up to 150 ft away
Easy to install
Security code on remote unit prevents unauthorized use
Wireless secondary station may be added (see parts and accessories)
501A 66899 F – Spotlight with Wireless Remote Control
HALOGEN SPOT/FLOOD WITH REMOTE JOYSTICK CONTROL
SPOTLIGHTS
■ Illuminates objects up to a mile away
■ Marine grade construction
■ Light can be directed manually without damaging motors
■ 100 Watt spotlight with 55 Watt floodlight
■ Includes 15 ft wiring harness
- Amp Draw: 8 Amp, up to 10 on start
- Operation: 12V Halogen
- Bulb: replaceable Halogen bulb
- Overall Dimensions: H 263mm (10.37”) x W 187mm (7.37”) x D. 235mm (9.25”)
- Base Dimensions: W 146mm (5.75”) x D 159mm (6.25”)
- Weight: 1,7 kg (3.75 lbs)
- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L 69,8mm (2.75”)
503-1 66900 L – 12V Spot/Flood with Joystick Control
503-2 66861 D – 24V Spot/Flood with Joystick Control
12V XENON SPOTLIGHT WITH WIRELESS
REMOTE CONTROL
■ Twice as bright as Halogen spotlights
■ Wireless remote control – works from 100 feet
away
■ Built-in RF receiver – no extra pieces to mantain or
install
■ Waterproof bullet connectors for ease of
installation
■ Fortified “neck” bracing to resist damage due to
side impact
■ Spot Power: 500.000 CP
505
109
505 – 66901 N - 12V Xenon Spotlight with Wireless
Remote Control
STAINLESS STEEL HALOGEN SPOT/FLOOD WITH
REMOTE JOYSTICK CONTROL
■ 316 stainless steel base, 304 stainless steel head
■ Includes joystick control and 15’ wiring cable with
easy to install plug ends
■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and
accessories)
■ Light can be directed manually without damaging
motors
- Spot Power: 72.000 CP
- Flood Power: 30.000 CP
- Amp Draw: 7 Amp
- Operation: 12V Incandescent
- Bulb: Replaceable Incandescent
- Lamp Dimensions: H 241mm (9.5”) x W 114mm
(4.5”) x L 190mm (7.5”)
- Base Dimensions: L 140mm (5.5”) x W 89mm (3.5”)
- Weight: 2,7 kg (6 lbs)
- Joystick requires 70mm (2.75”) installation hole
22040 A
22040A - 66860 B - Stainless Steel Halogen Spot/Flood
with Joystick Control
HALOGEN SPOTLIGHT WITH REMOTE JOYSTICK
CONTROL
22200 - 66859 T Halogen Spotlight with Joystick
Control
22200
BEAMER SPOTLIGTH PARTS & ACCESSORIES
SPOTLIGHT
MODEL
CONTROL
PANEL
501-A
729825
502-A
502-1
DUAL STATION REPLACEMENT EXTENSION
CONTROL KIT
BULB KIT
CABLE KIT
729825
729493
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
729493
729528
N.A.
729488
729493
729528
502-2
N.A.
N.A.
729493
729528
503-1
N.A.
N.A.
729494
729528
503-2
22208-24
N.A.
729494
729528
22040A
22240
22218A
22014-P
22011A-P
22200
22209
22219A
22230-P
22011MA-P
SPOTLIGHTS
■ Corrosion-proof, impact resistant, UV stabilized ABS
■ Includes joystick control and 15’ wiring cable with
easy to install plug ends
■ Secondary station may be added (see parts and
accessories)
■ Light can be directed manually without damaging
motors
- Spot Power: 100.000 CP
- Amp Draw: 4 Amp
- Operation: 12V Haloge
- Bulb: Replaceable Sealed Beam
- Lamp Dimensions: H 233mm (9.18”) x W 219mm
(8.63”) x L 220mm (8.68”)
- Base Dimensions: 127mm (5”) Diameter
- Weigh: 1,9 kg (4.25 lbs)
- Joystick control cutout: H 41,3mm (1.63”) x L
69,8mm (2.75”)
MARINE HORNS
AFI is the leading supplier of horns to the marine industry, with over a fifty years of experience in designing and manufacturing
sound devices specifically for use in harsh marine environments. Stainless steel is used for all critical components such as trumpets,
motor cover, diaphragms and mounting hardware.
AFI offers a complete line of marine horn products designed to meet almost any need, including electric and air trumpet horns,
compact horns, below deck and deck horns.
DROP-IN BELOW DECK HORNS - ELECTRIC COMPACT HORNS
“H” HORN PHASE II – DROP-IN HIDDEN HORN
110
■ Easy installation: 69,8mm (2.75”) diameter hole x
25,4mm (1”) deep
■ 12 Volt, maximum Amp draw: 4 Amp
■ dB(A) rating: 111 at one meter
■ Fundamental frequency: 370±20Hz
■ Grills have water resistant fabric liners. Ordered
separately.
■ Easy retrofit
11080 - 66904 V - Drop-in Hidden Horn without Grill
11187 - 66905 X - Screw-in White ASA Grill for 11080
11188 - 66906 Z - Screw-in Black ABS Grill for 11080
11096 - 66907 B - Screw-in Stainless Steel Grill Kit for
11080: includes stainless steel grill cover and
plastic white (11187) screw-in grill
11080
DROP-IN “H” HORN WITH GRILLS
■ Comes with both black ABS and white ASA snap-in
grills
■ dB(A) rating: 107 at one meter
■ Fundamental frequency: 370±20Hz
■ Internal space requirements: H 50,8mm (2”) x W
85,6mm (3.37”) x D 82,5mm (3.25”)
■ Distinctive marine horn sound
■ Enclosed sound unit
■ Easy installation or retofit, mounts from the outside
■ 12 Volt, maximum Amp draw: 4 Amp
10079 - 66908 D - Drop-in “H” Horn with Grills
10079
MARINE HORNS
DROP-IN HIDDEN HORN WITHOUT GRILL
■ Internal space requirements: H 57,2mm (2.25”) x W
92,2mm (3.63”) x D 88,9mm (3.5”)
■ Maximum Amp draw: 3 Amp
■ dB(A) rating: 105 at one meter
■ Fundamental frequency: 440±20Hz
■ Mounts from the outside, horn grill snap on for
easy installation
■ Easy retrofit
■ Grill must be ordered separately
11095 - 66909 F – Drop-in Hidden Horn without Grill
11090 - 66910 P - Snap-in White ASA Grill for 11095
11091 - 66911 S - Snap-in Black ABS Grill for 11095
11225 - 66912 U - Snap-in Chome Plated ABS Grill for
11095 horn
11095
Profondità solo 1’’
ELECTRIC DECK COMPACT HORNS
MINIBLAST™ - COMPACT ELECTRIC HORNS
■ Long lasting, non-corrosive ASA plastic cover
■ Sealed sound unit with stainless steel diaphragm
■ Dimensions: L 109,2mm (4.37”) x W 85,6mm (3.37”)
x H 50,8mm (2.0”)
■ Maximum Amp draw: 3 Amp, 12Volt
■ dB(A) rating: 106 at one meter (3ft)
■ Fundamental frequency: 440±20Hz
10099 – 66920 T – White MiniBlast Compact Electric Horn
10098 – 66921 V – Black MiniBlast Compact Electric Horn
10099
10098
111
DECK HORNS - FullBlast™ AIR HORNS
AFI® FullBlast compressor driven air horns are the loudest and most complete line of 12V air horns available. They prduce sound levels
ranging between 120 and 127 dB, which meens they meet the ABYC and NMMA regulations for boats up to 20 meters (66 ft). Both
12V and 24V compressors are CE listed.
SINGLE TRUMPET MINI AIR HORNS
■ Solid brass construction
■ Non-corrosive Lexan® diaphragm
■ Include compressor, air tubing, fittings and
hardware
■ Dimensions: L 241,3mm (9.5”) x W 88,9mm (3.5”) x
H 88,9mm (3.5”)
■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10
Amp
■ dB rating: 126 at one meter, 1/3 octave band
■ Fundamental frequency: 630±15Hz
10107 – 66913 W – 12 Volt Chrome Single Trumpet
Mini Air Horn - chrome plated solid brass
10104 – 66914 Y– 12 Volt White Single Trumpet Mini
Air Horn - white epoxy powder-coated finish
over solid brass
10107
10104
10108
10121
■ Solid brass construction
■ Non-corrosive Lexan® diaphragm
■ Include compressor, air tubing, fittings and
hardware
■ Dimensions: L. 241,3mm (9.5”) x W 127,0mm (5.0”)
x H 95,3mm (3.75”)
■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10
Amp
■ dB rating: 127 at one meter, 1/3 octave band
■ Fundamental frequency: 630±15Hz/525±15Hz
10108 – 66915 A – 12 Volt Chrome Dual Trumpet Mini
Air Horn - chrome plated solid brass
10121 – 66916 C – 12 Volt White Dual Trumpet Mini
Air Horn - white epoxy powder-coated finish
over solid brass
AIR COMPRESSORS
■ Replacement compressors fit all AFI 12 Volt Air
Horns
■ Dimensions: L 127,0mm (5.0”) x D 66,8mm (2.63”)
■ Include mounting bracket
■ Maximum Amp draw: 12 Volt: 20 Amp, 24 Volt: 10
Amp. Produce 9-11 PSI
■ CE marked
10102 – 66917 E – 12 Volt Air Compressor
10224 – 66918 G – 24 Volt Air Compressor
10102
MARINE HORNS
DUAL TRUMPET MINI AIR HORNS
WIPER SYSTEMS
AFI® wiper systems are designed for windshield sizes up
to 45” and are available for 12Volt or 24Volt systems.
AFI offers a full assortment of marine wiper arms and
blades manufactured of durable stainless steel and
marine grade silicone to last in the harsh marine
environment.
112
3.0 HEAVY DUTY PLUS WIPER MOTOR
The Heavy Duty Plus 3.0 Motor is AFI’s only external
linkage motor. This new design easily powers a 30”
Premier Plus arm and 30” Premier Plus blade
combination to provide coverage up to 45” of
windshield area.
■ Available in two shaft lengths: 2” and 3” (arm
fitting adds 2” to overall length)
■ 18mm dia. tapered knurled drive shaft
■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can be
easily adjusted to 45°or 60°
■ For interior installations
■ Measures approx.: L 212,8mm (8.37”), W 117,0mm
(4.60”), D 109,9mm (4.32”)
■ Available in 12V and 24V models
■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self
parking
■ Two speed motor
■ CE marked
MODEL
Part No.
SWEEP
SHAFT
VOLT
73112
66923 Z
110°
2’’
12V
73113
66924 B
110°
3’’
12V
73313
66925 D
110°
3’’
24V
PREMIER PLUS - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE
SINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS
■ Heavy duty component design for use with the AFI
3.0 wiper motor
■ Available in standard and pantographic styles
MODEL
Part No.
DESCRIPTION
33088
66926 F
Single Arm, Adjusts 25” to 30”
33096
66927 H
Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 26” to 30”
WIPER SYSTEMS
Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properly
with wiper motor sweep angles 80° or less
PREMIER PLUS - STAINLESS STEEL WIPER
BLADES
■ All stainless steel construction for use with Premier
Plus arms
■ Available in stainless steel or black finish
MODEL
Part No.
DESCRIPTION
33026 S
66930 W
26” Stainless steel Blade
33026 B
66931 Y
26” Stainless steel Black Blade
33028 S
66932 A
28” Stainless steel Blade
33030 B
66942 D
30” Stainless steel Black Blade
INTELLIGENT SWITCH FOR HEAVY DUTY PLUS
WIPER SYSTEMS
AFI’s microcontroller based “intelligent” switch
provides all necessary wiper motor functions in one
small component
■ Settings for two continuous speed functions and
three intermittent speed functions (2 sec delay, 4
sec dely, 8 sec delay)
■ Washer system operation function
■ Blinking LED ligths in switch indicate operating
function
■ Works with 12V or 24V DC motors
■ Fits standard switch size openings, requires 67,5mm
(2.65”) depth
■ Includes one ten pole connector with female pins
and two female quick- connects
MODEL
Part No.
DESCRIPTION
76030
66935 G
Single Motor Intelligent Switch
113
2.5 - HEAVY DUTY WATERPROOF WIPER
MOTOR
MODEL
Part No.
SWEEP
SHAFT
VOLT
82081
66937 L
80°
1’’
12V
82082
66938 N
80°
2’’
12V
82011
66939 R
110°
1’’
12V
82012
66940 Z
110°
2’’
12V
82312
66941 B
110°
2’’
24V
WIPER SYSTEMS
■ The most powerful waterproof wiper motor
available
■ Fully sealed powder coated aluminum waterproof
base and housing
■ Powers a 26” Deluxe arm and blade combination or
a 24” Premier arm and blade combination
■ Available in two shaft lengths: 1” and 2” (knurled
arm fitting adds ½” to overall lentgh)
■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can be
easily adjusted to 45°or 60°
■ Chrome plated solid brass knurled drive nut with 16
mm (5/8”) dia. brass and stainless steel drive shaft
■ Measures approx.: L 201,0mm (7.91”), W 108,0mm
(4.25”), D 76,8mm (3.02”)
■ Available in 12V and 24V models
■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self
parking
■ Two speed motor
■ CE marked
1.5 - HEAVY DUTY WATERPROOF WIPER
MOTOR
114
■ Fully sealed powder coated aluminum waterproof
base and housing
■ Powers a 22” Deluxe arm and blade combination or
a 20” Premier arm and blade combination
■ Available in two shaft lengths: 1” and 2” (knurled
arm fitting adds ½” to overall lentgh)
■ Factory pre-set sweep angle of 80° or 110°, can be
easily adjusted to 45°or 60°
■ Chrome plated solid brass knurled drive nut with 16
mm (5/8”) dia. brass and stainless steel drive shaft
■ Measures approx.: L 197,0mm (7.76”), W 101,0mm
(3.98”), D 70,3mm (2.77”)
■ Available in 12V and 24V models
■ Coast to park with adjustable right or left self
parking
■ Two speed motor
■ CE marked
MODEL
Part No.
SWEEP
SHAFT
VOLT
71081
66952 G
80°
1’’
12V
71082
66953 J
80°
2’’
12V
71011
66954 L
110°
1’’
12V
71012
66955 W
110°
2’’
12V
71212
66956 R
110°
2’’
24V
PREMIER - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE SINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS
■ Available in standard and pantographic styles with both versions offered in normal and wet arm configurations
MODEL
Part No.
DESCRIPTION
33086
66957 T
Single Arm, Adjusts 20" to 25"
33092
66958 V
Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 17" to 22"
33094
66959 X
Pantographic Arm, Adjusts 22" to 26"
33086W
66960 F
Single Wet Arm, Adjusts 20" to 25"
33092W
66961 H
Pantographic Wet Arm,
Adjusts 17"to 22"
Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properly with wiper motor sweep angles 80° or less
PREMIER - STAINLESS STEEL WIPER BLADES
■ Available in stainless steel or black finish
MODEL
Part No.
DESCRIPTION
33021 S
66963 M
20” Blade
33021 B
66964 P
20” Black Blade
33024 S
66965 S
24” Blade
33024 B
66966 U
24” Black Blade
DELUXE - STAINLESS STEEL ADJUSTABLE SINGLE AND PANTOGRAPHIC WIPER ARMS
■ Available in stainless steel or black finish
WIPER SYSTEMS
MODEL
Part No.
33010 A 66967 W
DESCRIPTION
Single Arm, Adjusts 14" to 20"
33070 A
66968 Y
Single Black Arm, Adjusts 18" to 24"
33037 A
66969 A
Pantographic Black Arm,
Adjusts 17" to 22"
Note: pantographic wiper arms will ONLY function properly
with wiper motor sweep angles 80° or less
DELUXE – STAINLESS STEEL CURVED WIPER BLADE
MODEL
Part No.
DESCRIPTION
33024
66971 L
26” Blade
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS AND INSTRUMENTS
115
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS
BEP Marine manufactures a wide range of
control panels for any type and dimension of
boats utilizing high quality products and
components as, for instance, the certified
AIRPAX® circuit breakers fitted in modern and
elegant designed panels.
116
Panels are supplied standard with
preassembled cables for an easy installation
and equipped with back lit label sets and
indication LED’s.
Configurations available: 12V DC, 24V DC
(please specify voltage requested on ordering
to receive the correct back lit labels), 220V AC
or voltage combination.
All panels are available with Analog or Digital
meters.
BEP AC Panels back covers are designed to
insulate the exposed terminals at the rear of
the AC panels. The back covers are made from
flame retardant PVC.
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANELS
904NM
NC32YD
NC36LD
MODEL
Part No.
NC32YA-C
66413 Z
NC32YD
63145 J
NC36LA
66412 X
NC36LD
63144 G
M32D
63826 K
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
380x351x65
(15x13.9x2.5)
380x351x65
(15x13.9x2.5)
380x351x65
(15x13.9x2.5)
380x351x65
(15x13.9x2.5)
285x351x65
(11,25x13.9x2.5)
M32D
CIRCUIT BREAKERS - SINGLE POLE
5
10 15 20 25 30
NEG
BUS
VOLT
METER
LABEL SHEET
page 119
7
11
11
1
1
1
24 way
12V DC
ANALOG
Set 1,2,3,4,6 N
7
11
11
1
1
1
24 way
12V DC
DIGITAL
Set 1,2,3,4,6 N
8
12
12
2
1
1
24 way
12V DC
ANALOG
Set 1,2,3,4,6 N
8
12
12
2
1
1
24 way
12V DC
DIGITAL
Set 1,2,3,4,6 N
7
11
11
1
1
1
24 way
12V DC
DIGITAL
Set 1,2,3,4,6 N
CUSTOM PANELS
BEP Marine manufactures a wide range of Custom panel sizes for OEM’s.
The Contour panel design allows for flexibility in layout. Although the panels shown in this catalogue are BEP Marine
standard range, there are a number of changes that can be made to fit the needs of custom and production
boatbuilders.
For example, a panel can be made up with
eight circuit breakers, four systems in
operation lights plus a meter; or a panel can
consist of a mixture of analog and digital
meters if required.
If the panel involves a total custom layout,
as described above, a specific part number
will be applied to that panel and quoted
accordingly.
If the design is unable to be achieved we will
notify the customer.
117
R158 - Back
R158 - Front
Alternatively a customer may request a standard panel with circuit breakers laid out to their requirements with labels
factory fitted: this involves a personalised layout charge.
When ordering personalised panels, please specify the desired label sets.
When ordering BEP Marine standard range
panels or smaller size models, it may be useful
to refer to the following layout panel
template where you can fill in model and
number of meters requested, circuit breaker
rating (double pole for 220V AC) and label
set.
LABEL SHEET
LAYOUT CUSTOM PANELS
CUSTOM PANELS
Layout template available directly from Uflex
or from BEP Marine website.
DC CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANELS
118
New Zealand has a world wide recognized success both in pleasure and sport boats field as developer of innovative quality boats
and electrical products for the marine market. The success of BEP Marine has been brought about through world class
campaigns by New Zealand boats and crews in events such as the One Ton Cup, Admirals Cup Sydney to Hobart race, Volvo
round the World Race and more recently the America’s Cup.
BEP Marine Ltd is actively involved in the research and development of new products as circuit panels, circuit breakers panels
and accessories that will be installed in the most important boats all around the world.
BEP Marine is today the most innovative manufacturer of electrical products for the sport and commercial boats. Its product are
today available in Italy through UFLEX.
900
901H
FEATURES:
DC CONTROL PANELS
■
■
■
■
■
Stylish Contour Design
Red LED’s for systems “ON”
Green LED backlit labels
All panels available in 12V or 24V configuration
Cutout size: 10 mm (3/8”) inside all external edges
904NM
901V
900A
901DV
902A
■ NOTE: All panels are supplied with label set 1 (page 119)
MODEL
PART No.
900-DC
63125 C
900AM
64363 A
901V-AC
63126 E
901V-DSCM
64364 C
901H
63127 G
904NM
63129 L
902-AM
63128 J
902-DCSM
64365 E
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
115x127x65
(4.5x5.0x2.5)
200x127x65
(7.8x5.0x2.5)
200x127x65
(7.9x5.0x2.5)
295x127x65
(11.6x5.0x2.5)
115x239x65
(4.5x9.4x2.5)
200x239x65
(7.8x9.4x2.5)
200x239x65
(7.8x9.4x2.5)
200x239x65
(7.8x9.4x2.5)
CIRCUIT BREAKERS - SINGLE POLE
5
10 15 20 25 30
NEG
BUS
VOLT
METER
LABEL SHEET
page 119
1
2
1
6 way
12V DC
N/A
Set 1 N
1
2
1
6 way
12V DC
ANALOGIC
Set 1 N
2
2
3
1
6 way
12V DC
N/A
Set 1 N
2
2
3
1
6 way
12V DC
DIGITAL
Set 1 N
2
2
3
1
6 way
12V DC
N/A
Set 1 N
4
5
5
1
1
12 way
12V DC
N/A
Set 1 N
3
4
4
1
6 way
12V DC
ANALOGIC
Set 1 N
3
4
4
1
6 way
12V DC
DIGITAL
Set 1 N
AC CIRCUIT
BREAKER PANELS
119
900-AC1
FEATURES:
■ All AC panels available in 110V or
230V options
■ Double pole circuit breakers
■ The panels are available with analog
and digital meter.
Models with digital meters show Volt,
Amp and Frequency
900-AC2AH
900-ACM6W
■ NOTE: All panels are supplied with label set 5.
MODEL
PART No.
900-AC1
63130 V
900-ACM6W
63131 X
900-AC2AM
63132 Z
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
115x239x65
(4.5x9.4x2.5)
200x127x65
(7.8x5.0x2.5)
200x239x65
(7.8x9.4x2.5)
SINGLE POLE
DOUBLE POLE
10 15 20 25 30 20 25 30 50
5
1
2
2
3
3
3
3
NEG
BUS
VOLT INDICATORE
LABEL
SHEET
2
IS-6 mm-2
230 V
N/D
Set 5
1
1
IS-6 mm-2
230 V
N/D
Set 5
1
1
2x6 way
230 V
ANALOGIC
Set 5
ACCESSORIES
BAIT TANK PUMP
AFT DECK LIGHT
BILGE ALARM
AC MAINS
ACCESSORIES
Set 1N
Set 2N
Set 3N
Set 4N
Set 5N
Set 6N
63254 P
63255 S
63256 U
63257 W
63258 Y
63259 A
Accessories
Auto Pilot
Bilge Pumps
Cabin Lights
Cabin Lights
Cockpit Lights
Compass Lights
DC Outlets
Depth Sounder
Freezer
Freshwater Pump
GPS
Instruments
LPG Control
Mast Light
Navigation Light
Riding Light
Saltwater Pump
Shower Drain Pump
Spare
Spreader Light
Spotlight
Stereo
Trim Tabs
VHF
Winch
Wiper
Bait Tank Pump
Bilge Pump Aft
Bilge Pump Forward
Bilge Pump Mid
Bilge Pump Port
Bilge Pump STBD
Blower
Boarding Light
Cabin Lights Aft
Cabin Lights Mid
Cabin Lights Port
Cabin Lights STBD
Deck Wash Pump
Electric Toilet
Engine room Lights
Fridge
Horn
Nav Lts Port
Nav Lts STBD
Panel Lights
Radar
Saloon Lights
SSB
Start
Stern Lights
Stop
Sum Log
Tri Light
AFT Deck Light
Bilge Auto Man
Bow Lights
Docking Lights
Emergency Parallel
Engine Alarm
Engine Blowers
Extraction Fan
Floodlights
Fore Deck Light
Holding Tank Pump
House Batteries
Lazerette Light
Port
Radio Battery
Toilet LT
Search Light
Spare
Galley LT
Starboard
Start Batteries
Step Light
Strobe Light
Weather Fax
Window Washers
Windex Light
12v Outlets
24v Outlets
1,2,3,4,5
6,7,8,9,10,
Bilge Alarm
Davit Winch
Engine ALT
Fire System
Fish Finder
Fishing Light
House ALT
Intercom
Load
Locker Light
Tank Room Lights
Mid Wiper
MIzzen Spar Light
Plotter
Port Wiper
Preheat
Sole Light
Heater Fan
Spare
Spare
Starboard Wiper
Start
Stop
Sub Main
Sump Pump
Towing Light
AC Mains
AC Outlets
AC Outlets
AC Outlets
Air Conditioning
Battery Changer
Cook Top
Dive Comp
Dryer
Frequency
Genset
Hotwater Cylinder
Ice Maker
Inverter
Refrigeration
Microwave
Oven
Reverse Polarity
Ships Power
Shore Power
Trash Compactor
TV
Video
Washing Machine
Wastemaster
Water Maker
230v AC
110v AC
Accessories
AC Mains
Anchor Wash
Automatic
Autopilot
Auxiliary
Bilge Auto-Manual
Bilge Lights
Book Furl
Bridge Lights
Burglar Alarm
CB Radio
Cell Phone
Computer
DC Mains
Fuel Transfer
Cabin Fan
Hatch Controls
Hydraulics
Loud Hailer
Macerator
Manual
Night Lights
Pelmet Lights
Solar Panel
Galley Fan
Spare
TV Antenna
AC CONTROL PANELS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS PANELS LABEL SETS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
AIRPAX® IEG
120
B Series circuit breakers Carlingswitch
magnetic circuit breakers are current sensing
devices employing a time proven hydraulic
magnetic design. These precision mechanisms
are temperature stable and are not adversely
affected by temperature changes in their
operating environment. As such, derating
consideration due to temperature variations
are not normally required and heat induced
nuisance tripping is avoided.
FEATURES:
■ Trip free mechanism, a safety feature which
makes it possible to manually hold the
contacts closed during overcurrent or fault
conditions
■ Worldwide safety agency approval are
available
■ Common trip linkage between all poles.
Another safety feature ensures that an
overload in one pole will trip all adjacent poles.
(SP)
121-710-1101
CBS-50A-DP
CBS-50A-SP
SINGLE POLE
PART No. DOUBLE POLE PART No. TRIPLE POLE
PART No.
CBS 2.5 A - SP
63260 J CBS 2,5 A - DP
64385 L
-
CBS 5 A - SP
63261 L CBS 5 A - DP
63264 T
-
CBS 10 A - SP
63262 N CBS 10 A - DP
63265 V
-
CBS 15 A - SP
63146 L CBS 15 A - DP
63151 D
-
CBS 20 A - SP
63147 N CBS 20 A - DP
63152 F
-
CBS 25 A - SP
63148 R CBS 25 A - DP
63153 H
-
CBS 30 A - SP
63149 T CBS 30 A - DP
63154 K CBS 30 A - TP
CBS 40 A - SP
63150 B CBS 40 A - DP
63155 M
CBS 50 A - SP-IGP 63263 R CBS 50 A - DP
63266 X
-
63156 P CBS 50 A - TP
63267 Z
BUSSMANN HEAVY DUTY
Single pole thermal type breakers
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
FEATURES:
■ Ratings: 50Amp to 150Amp; 30V DC;
3000Amp Interrupt Capacity
■ Operating temperature: -32°C to 82°C
■ Storage temperature: -32°C to 150°C
■ Applications: Typically used in auxiliary and
accessory circuits - trucks, buses, RV’s and
marine applications. Others might include
battery charges and DC audio systems. Series
184 and 185 are sealed for engine
compartment and bilge area applications.
■ Mounting: Panel or surface
■ Indicator: series 184 and 185 have a unique
reset mechanism which provides visible
indication of tripped condition.
■ Approvals: complies with SAE J 1625
Reset only
184 150P
Switchable
& Reset
185 100F
SWITCHABLE RESET:
MANUAL RESET:
MODEL
PART No.
RATING
SURFACE
PANEL
185 050F-01-1
65384 P
50
X
-
185 050P-01-1
-
X
63927 S
50
185 070P-01-1
65385 S
70
-
X
185 080F-01-1
65386 U
80
X
-
MODEL
PART No.
RATING
SURFACE
PANEL
184 050P-01-1
65382 K
50
-
X
185 080P-01-1
63928 U
80
-
X
184 060P-01-1
65383 M
60
-
X
185 100F-01-1
63164 N
100
X
-
184 100F-01-1
63160 E
100
X
-
185 100P-01-1
63166 T
100
-
X
184 100P-01-1
63162 J
100
-
X
185 135P-01-1
64386 N
135
-
X
184 150F-01-1
63161 G
150
X
-
185 150F-01-1
63165 R
150
X
-
184 150P-01-1
63163 L
150
-
X
185 150P-01-1
63167 V
150
-
X
MICRO MODULAR
SWITCH PANELS
The MICRO range offers the unique ability to select the size and orientation of switch of panels by adding the compact modules
together horizontally or vertically.
■
■
■
■
■
Labels backlit with green LED changing to red when is on.
Full range of text or graphical labels available
Available in charcoal or white. When ordering white, add “W” on the end of the charcoal colour model.
Dimensions HxWxD: 86x58x28 mm (3.38”x 2.28”x1.10”) or: 58x86x28mm (2.28”x3.38”x1.10”)
Labels to be ordered separately
121
900-2WP - 63133 B
2x2 way switches
900-2WPOFO - 63135 F
1x2 way switch
1x3 way double pole switch
LABELS FOR
MICRO MODULAR
SWITCH PANELS
Part No. 63136 H
Part No. 63137 K
Part No. 63138 M
SPRAY PROOF SWITCH PANELS
900-2WPMOM - 63134 D
1x2 way switch
1x3 way momentary switch
SPRAY PROOF SWITCH PANELS – 900 SERIES
The next generation of BEP Marine’s very popular Spray Proof panel range. Many new features have been incorporated
into the series (eg. easy access to fuses from the front of the panel) as well as fresh new look. These new panels replace
the part numbers 900-3WPS, 900-4WP, 900-5WPS, 900-6WP and having the same dimensions can easily be retrofitted.
Molded gasket
incorporates
fastening covers
122
Mini fuses
accessible
from front of
panel with
removable
cartridge
900-3WPS - Black
900-3WPSW - White
SPRAY PROOF SWITCH PANELS
Switches clip easily
into rear of panel
and can be removed
to replace with different
function switches
eg. on/on, on/off/on,
off/on and (on)off(on)
Custom designed
toggle cover with
unique sealing
feature
900-4WP
900-6WP
900-5WPS
SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
PART No.
COLOUR
900-3WPS
64401 F
BLACK
900-3WPSW
64405 P
WHITE
900-4WP
63139 P
BLACK
900-5WPS
64402 H
BLACK
900-6WP
63140 Y
BLACK
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
95x107x75
(3.75x4.25x2.9)
95x107x75
(3.75x4.25x2.9)
95x107x75
(3.75x4.25x2.9)
95x107x75
(3.75x4.25x2.9)
95x107x75
(3.75x4.25x2.9)
ATM FUSES ARE SUPPLIED IN PACKS OF 2
MODEL
PART No.
RATING
603905
66520 A
5A
603910
66521 C
10 A
603915
66522 E
15 A
603920
66523 G
20 A
603930
66524 J
30 A
LABEL SHEET
LABEL SHEET
SWICTHES
LBL-WP
3 + DC Socket
LBL-WP
3 + DC Socket
LBL-WP
4
LBL-WP
5 + DC Socket
LBL-WP
6
LBL - WP - 66537U
Accessories
Aerator
Anchor Lights
Autopilot
Bait Tank Pump
Bilge Pump
Blower
Cabin Lights
Cockpit Lights
DC Outlets
Deck Wash
Depth Sounder
Freshwater Pump
Fridge
GPS
Horn
Inst. Lights
Instruments
Navigation Lights
Radar
Spare
Spotlights
Stereo
Stern Light
Trim Tabs
VHF
Log
Wiper
CSP6 SWITCH PANELS
All CSP6 models are supplied
with label back lit sheet set
123
CSP6
MODEL
PART No.
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
CSP6
64375 H
158x112x65
(6.2x4.4x2.5)
SET-1SP
NO
NO
CSP6-F
64376 K
158x112x75
(6.2x4.4x2.9)
SET-1SP
3
NO
CSP6-PTC
63141 A
158x112x75
(6.2x4.4x2.9)
SET-1SP
NO
6
FEATURES:
■ Switches protected by high quality
neoprene rubber boots
■ Green LED backlit labels
■ Red LED’s for system “ON”
■ Waterproof to IP56 rating
■ Removable cover plate over switches
conceals screws and water drain
■ Switch current ratings 20 Amp DC,
10 Amp AC
■ Charcoal colour
SET
LABEL SHEET FUSES
PTC
Set - 1SP
63253 M
<Anc.Light Nav.Lts>
Accessories
Aerator
Anchor Lights
Autopilot
Bait Tank Pump
Bilge Pump
Bilge Pump Auto/Man
Blower
Cabin Lights
Cockpit Lights
DC Outlets
Deck Wash
Depth Sounder
Flood Lights
Freshwater Pump
Fridge
Horn
Inst. Lights
Instruments
Navigation Lights
Trim Tabs
Radio
Saltwater Pump
Spot Lights
Winch
Wiper
WAFH-14
63537 C
SW-M331
64404 M
SPARE PARTS FOR SPRAY PROOF
PANELS
■ WAFH-14 Waterproof fuse
holder
■ SW-M331 Splash proof
cover
SPRAY PROOF SWITCH PANELS
The CSP6 panel range comes in 3 models. All
models are back lit.
CSP6 Includes six switches unfused for
installation where separate fused supply is
available.
CSP6-F Includes six switches and 3 WAFH14
fuse holders with fuses behind panel.
CSP6-PTC This panel utilises the latest
technology in overload protection – Positive
Temperature Coefficient (PTC). PTC fuses are
solid state resettable fuses which will change
to a high resistance device on over-current.
To reset: Switch circuit off for 10 seconds.
If fault remains the PTC will trip back to a
resistive state. The panel is supplied with 6 x
9A PTC fuses mounted internally.
No more changing fuses!
G2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
124
The Generation 2 spray proof range offers
unique styling utilising the latest techniques
in injection moulding. The switch tray is
moulded plastic with a rubber gasket and seal
moulded into the plastic.
The cover is moulded in a clear plastic with a
rubber over-mould allowing the flexibility to
operate the switches through the front of the
panel while providing a clear window for
label backlighting. Panels available in black or
white colour with charcoal or blue strips.
When ordering white add “W” on the end of
black colour model. G2 can be mounted
vertically or horizontally and is available in 2,
4 and 6 way configurations. A joiner is
available for multiple panel installations.
Supplied complete with on/off switches.
Labels are LED
backlit for easy night
time viewing
Replaceable “clip-on”
contour wave
Red systems
on leds
Flexible
overshot cover
allows for easy
switch operation
Red systems
on leds
Ribbed seal
provides water
tight seal with
switch cover
Moulded gasket on rear
of tray seals against on
mounting surface
CG2-4W
G2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
CG2-2W
CG2-4W-W
CG2-2W-W
CG2-6W
CG2-6W-W
Joiner available for
linking multiple panels
CG2-JB
64403 K
MODEL
PART No.
SWITCHES
FUSE
LABEL SHEET
(page 125)
CG2-2W
64366 G
2
No
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-2W-W
64591 P
2
No
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-2WF
64367 J
2
1
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-4W
64368 L
4
No
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-4W-W
64542 A
4
No
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-4WF
64369 N
4
2
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-6W
64370 X
6
No
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-6W-W
64543 C
6
No
Set - G2 - 1
CG2-6WF
64371 Z
6
3
Set - G2 - 1
G2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
Unique label design
allows it to be read
either vertically or
horizontally
mounted.
LABEL SET FOR
G2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
LABEL SET
SET - G2 - 2
125
166.5 mm
(6.5 inches)
118.5 mm
CG2-4W
4.7 inches
64374 F
B/Pump Port
B/Pump Stbd
B/Pump Fwd
B/Pump Mid
B/Pump Aft
B/Pump Eng Rm
Compass Lt
Deck Lts
Steaming Lt
Nav Lts Pt
Nav Lts Stbd
Step Lts
Stern Lt
Wiper Pt
Wiper Mid
Wiper Stbd
Washers
Freezer
H/Tank Pump
Sump Pump
Locker Lts
Panel Lts
Tri Lt
Bow Lts
Shower Lt
Shower Pump
Spare
Spare
70.5.mm
64373 D
Accessories
Aerator
Anchor Lt
Bait Tank
Bilge Pump
Auto B/P Man
Blower
Cabin Lights
Cockpit Lts
Dc Outlets
Deck Wash
Dn Winch Up
Electronics
Engroom Lts
Flood Lights
Fw Water
Fridge
Gps
Horn
Inst. Lights
Instruments
Nav Lights
Radio
Sw Water
Spot Lights
Up Port Dn
Up Stbd Dn
Wiper
2.75 inches
LABEL SET
SET - G2 - 1
15.4 mm
.6 inches
62.6 mm
2.5 inches
Switch rated for 16 Amp
SW-CG1
MODEL
PART No.
SPARE SWITCH FOR G2 PANELS
SW-CG1
64372 B
ON/OFF
SW-CG2
64750 H
MOMENTARY ON/OFF
SW-CG3
64751 K
ON/OFF/ON
SW-CG4
64752 M
MOMENTARY ON/OFF/MOMENTARY ON
G2 SPRAY PROOF PANELS
NOTE: Panels supplied standard with label
set G2-1. Label set G2-2 can be ordered
separately.
1000 SERIES
CONTROL PANELS
Clip-off fuse covers
126
Removable frame
concealing
mounting screws
All modules
108 mm x 108 mm
The Contour 1000
Series control panels
are offered as an
economical option
for interior use on
smaller sail boats or
cruises. The ATC fuses
are easily accessible
from the front of the
unit and the range is
fully modular
allowing it to be
mounted in a vertical
or horizontal
configuration.
LED systems – on
illumination
16 Amp
Rocker switches
Concealed ATC
fuses accessible
from front of panel
1000-6W
1000 SERIES CONTROL PANELS
FEATURES:
Panels are modular
for vertical or
horizontal stacking.
Spacer supplied for
accurate mounting
spacing.
1000-6W-12 - 64379 S
1000-VM-12 - 64380 A
1000-AM-50 - 64381 C
Switch Panel
Analogic Meter Panel
Ammeter Panel
1000-DFR FRAME:
SPARE SWITCHES
The 1000-DFR frame
is designed to take
any 600 – series
digital meter
(page 141-142).
Frame and digital
meter ordered
separately.
SW-RVS1 - 65380 F
ON/OFF spare switch
SW-RVS1
1000-DFR - 64382 E
1000 SERIES
CONTROL PANELS
FEATURES:
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Supplied with ATC fuses accessible from front cover
Square dimensions allow for modular mounting
Supplied with label sheet part no. SET-1000
Systems – on LED on each switch
Matching trim conceals mounting screws
4 way and 6 way options available
An On/Off/Momentary switch is available for horn
operation. Ordered separately Part No. SW-RVS2 65380 F
MODEL
PART No.
SWITCHES
FUSES
VOLT
1000-6W-12V
64379 S
6
6
12V DC
127
1000-6W
SW-RVS2
ON/OFF
65380 F
16mm 28mm
(.6") (1.1")
LIGHTS
CABIN
LIGHTS
STEREO
GAS
VALVE
FANS
FRIDGE
Mod. 1000-6W dimensions
LABEL SHEETS FOR 1000 SERIES CONTROL PANELS
Included
SET-1000 - 64383 G
Ordered separately
SET-1002 - 64384 J
1000 SERIES CONTROL PANELS
108mm (4.25")
96mm (3.8")
108mm (4.25")
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION
SWITCHES
128
BEP MARINE BATTERY SWITCH TEST PROCEDURES (UL 1107)
Continuous (1 hour) intermittent (5 minutes) and cranking (engine
starting – 10 seconds). The test is to determine the maximum current
the switch can handle for the stated time, without the rear terminals
exceeding 100°C above the ambient temperature. The continuous and
intermittent ratings are tested at 110% of specified ratings. All BEP
switches are tested independently to this specification by a 3rd party
laboratory.
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
701 BATTERY MASTER SWITCH - 63142 C
The 701 Contour Battery Master Switch offers a number of unique
features. The highlights being the patented contour lock system,
allowing it to be a stand alone unit, or locked together with other
switches. The 701 also features a control knob which cannot be
removed whilst in the On or OFF position, however can be removed by
switching to an anti-clockwise 45° position. The control knob also
features an interchangeable labelling system allowing a full range of
applications Set-713 or Set-715 (page 132). The 701 also features
removable side plates on 4 sides for access of up to 1/0 cables. Plus a
rear cover insulating the rear terminals against any short circuits
ensuring the switch meets ABYC requirements. The 701 can be either
surface or recess mounted by cutting a 52 mm (2 1/16”) hole.
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC
■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 48V DC
■ Operation: ON/OFF
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)
■ Dimensions: 69 x 69 x 75h mm (2.75 x 2.75 x 3h inches)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
■ Ignition protected
701-PM PANEL MOUNT BATTERY SWITCHES - 65494 X
Same specifications as 701 switch
701
701-KEY
- 63930 E
Spare Part
Removable
knob
701 dimensions
Standard BEP
interchangeable
label system
(page 132)
Countersunk
recess for
surface mount
application
Mod. 701 dimensions
701 - PM
Removable
key
Standard
52,4 mm (2 1/16”)
hole cut out
720 HEAVY DUTY BATTERY SWITCH - 63174 S
The 720 Heavy Duty Battery Switch fits into the same contour lock system as used on the
battery distribution system. Rated at 600 Amp continuous and 2500 Amp cranking. It is
well suited to larger vessels. As with the 701 and 720 can be recessed or surface
mounted. The 720 uses the same style of self cleaning sliding contact as used in the 701.
Also utilises the same label sheet as 701. Part Number 713 or 715 (page 132).
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 600 Amp DC
■ Intermittent rating: 800 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 2500 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 48V DC
■ Operation: ON/OFF
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Termination stud size: 2 x 12 mm (1/2”)
■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
■ Ignition protected
■ Available in bulk only
Recessed
hole cut
out 85 mm
(3.3”)
720
129
720-DP/B DOUBLE POLE BATTERY SWITCH - 67806 A
This model has the same dimensions and features as the 720 battery switch.
The 720-DP also meets the needs of vessels being built to survey requirements
where positive and negative supplies must be isolated at the same time.
720-DP/B dimensions
700 EASYFIT BATTERY SWITCH - 63672 J
The 700 Easyfit is ideal on those installations where switches need to
be recessed through varying thickness of panels. 700 Easyfit features
an easily removable threaded ring allowing for panel thickness up to
19 mm (3/4”). It uses the same features as the 701 with the removable
key 45° past the off position, labelled handle and a removable back
cover covering exposed terminals to meet ABYC specifications. The
switch can also be surface mounted offering a unique style compared
to other switches available on the market. The 700 Easyfit can easily be
retrofitted in place of most European post and lever type switches.
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC
■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 48V DC
■ Operation: ON/OFF
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Termination stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
■ 700-KEY spare Part Removable knob
■ Ignition protected
700 EASYFIT Dimensions
720-DP/B
700 EASYFIT
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 400 Amp DC
■ Intermittent rating: 525 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 1500 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 45V DC
■ Operation: ON/OFF 2 poles
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Termination stud size: 4 x 10 mm (3/8”)
■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
■ Ignition protected
■ Available in bulk only
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION
SWITCHES
130
701-S MINI BATTERY SELECTOR SWITCH - 64387 R
The 701-S is the most compact selector switch available on the market.
Housed in the same dimensions as the 701 and includes the same
removable side plates and back cover.
While BEP Marine foremost recommends isolated battery systems as
outlined with our distribution clusters, the 721 offers a simple
economical way of separating two batteries.
Please note this system will not separate electronics from harmful
engine starting spikes.
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 200 Amp DC
■ Intermittent rating: 300 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 1000 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 48V DC
■ Operation: Selector 1-2-both-off
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Termination stud size: 3 x 8 mm (5/16”)
■ Dimensions: 69 x 69 x 75h mm (2.75 x 2.75 x 3h inches)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
701S-PM PANEL MOUNT BATTERY SWITCHES - 66163 C
Same specifications as 701S switch
Recessed hole
cut out 52 mm (2.1”)
701-S
701-S dimensions
701S-PM dimensions
Countersunk
recess for
surface mount
application
Standard
52,4 mm (2
1
/16”)
hole cut out
721 BATTERY SELECTOR SWITCH - 63143 E
The 721 is our heavy duty selector switch, housed in the same module
as the 720 and includes the same removable plates and back cover.
While BEP Marine foremost recommends isolated battery systems as
outlined with our distribution clusters, the 721 offers a simple
economical way of separating two batteries. Please note this system
will not separate electronics from harmful engine starting spikes.
FEATURES:
■ Continuous rating: 350 Amp DC (between common and B1 or B2)
■ Continuous rating: 500 Amp Dc (between common and B1 or B2)
■ Intermittent rating: 500 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 1500 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 48V DC
■ Operation: Selector – Battery 1-2-both off
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Termination stud size: 3 x 10 mm (3/8”)
■ Dimensions: 102 x 102 x 90h mm (4 x 4 x 3.5h inches)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
■ Ignition protected
Recessed hole
cut out 85 mm (3.3”)
721 dimensions
721
REMOTE
OPERATED BATTERY SWITCHES
Due to the increased loading requirements on modern boats and large
increases in the cost of copper battery cable, the MD range of battery
switches allows you to mount the battery switch very close to the
battery, reducing cable lengths to starter motor. They are also ideal for
remote isolation of bow thrusters.
THE MD RANGE OFFERS THE FOLLOWING FEATURES:
■ Remote operation (easier access for battery control).
■ Battery switch can be mounted alonside battery,
reducing cable lengths and cable sizes to starter motor
(large cost saving in copper cable).
■ Reduced labour for fitting, due to shorter battery cabling.
■ Manual override option to meet CE requirements.
■ LED status identification for remote control switch.
■ Same capacity/specification and mounting options as standard BEP
battery switches.
■ Utilize same interchangeable labelling system as BEP battery
switches.
For the remote operation of the 701-MD and 720-MD battery switches,
use the key switches 722-KS or 722-KS2 (page 132) or any standard
on/off switch.
131
701-MD
701-MD dimensions
720-MDO SPECIFICATIONS - 66027 U
■ Continuous rating: 500 Amp DC
■ Intermittent rating: 700 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 2500 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 9,5 – 32 Volt
■ Operation: On / Off
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Ignition protected
■ Stud size: 2 x 12 mm (1/2”)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
WIRING DIAGRAM
720 - MDO
720-MDO
720-MDO dimensions
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
701-MD SPECIFICATIONS - 66026 S
■ Continuous rating: 275 Amp DC
■ Intermittent rating: 455 Amp DC
■ Cranking rating: 1250 Amp DC
■ Voltage rating: 9,5 – 32 Volt
■ Operation: On / Off
■ Mounting: recessed or surface
■ Ignition protected
■ Stud size: 2 x 10 mm (3/8”)
■ Tin plated copper studs and nuts
WIRELESS REMOTE CONTROL AND RECEIVER TO
OPERATE BATTERY SWITCHES
You can now wire your Battery to the BEP receiver and operate the On/Off
switch by remote control, from a distance of up to 50 metres away
132
■ You can control up to 4 separate 5 Amp circuits, eg. 701/720-MD battery
switches, anchor light, navigation lights and courtesy lights
■ No more lifting hatches to turn on battery switches – it is now all controlled
from your remote keyfob
■ Control battery switches easily (On/Off) from the dock or carpark
■ The remote has a rolling code, for your security
80-911-0045-00 - 66951E - Wireless remote control
KEY SWITCHES FOR BATTERY
DISTRIBUTION SWITHCES
For remote operation of the 701-MD and 720-MD battery switches.
Compatible for remote operation of 701-MDVS and 720-MDVS Voltage
Sensitive Relays too.
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
722-KS2 - 63215 D
722-KS
65350 W
LABEL SET FOR BATTERY
DISTRIBUTION SWITCHES
Set - 715
64389 V
Set 715 contains the
three most commonly
requested labels
HOUSE
+
-
EMERG
PARALLEL
START
+
-
REMOTE OPERATED
DUAL BATTERY CHARGING
VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYS(VSR)
WIYH EMERGENCY PARALLEL
The VSR switch utilizes the same operation as the MD battery switches
and is packed with features which complimet the MD range.
133
701-MDVS
Same specifications
as 701-MD
FEATURES
■ Dual battery sensing
■ Remote emergency parallel function 701-MDVS and 720-MDVS can
be operated through a momentary button on the dash which will
parallel the batteries for a present time of 10 minutes. Once this 10
minutes has passed, if the voltage is up high enough for the voltage
sensitive switch to operate, it twill stay engaged. If not, it will
discharge.
■ Engine run sensing VSR will engage when the voltage on either start
or house battery reaches 13,7 Volt. If the combined battery voltage
drops below 13,0 Volt and the engine is not running, after 5
seconds the contacts will open and stay open until the start or
house battery voltage exceeds 13,7 Volt. If the combined battery
voltage drops below 12,2 Volt and the engine is running, after 5
minutes the contacts will open and stay open until the start or
house battery voltage exceeds 13,7 Volt. If voltage drops below 13,0
Volt and stays above 12,2 Volt on either start or house battery while
engine is running, the VSS will stay engaged.
■ Manual override option
■ The VSR will cover your dual battery charging requirements and
emergency parallel operation in one unit
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
RATING
ENGAGES
DISENGAGES
701-MDVS
66416 F
12V DC
275A
13.7V DC
12.2-13.00V DC
720-MDVS
66417 H
12V DC
500A
13.7V DC
12.2-13.00V DC
701-MDVS-24V
66418 K
24V DC
275A
27.4V DC
24.4-26.00V DC
720-MDVS-24V
66419 M
24V DC
500A
27.4V DC
24.4-26.00V DC
VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYS
720-MDVS
Same specifications
as 720-MD
DUAL BATTERY CHARGING
VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYS
new
134
710 -140A - DIGITAL VOLTAGE SENSING RELAY (DVSR)
The Voltage Sensing Relay (VSR) allows the charging of a second
battery from a single charging source. When the voltage on the start
battery rises to a level indicating a 60% charge, the VSR engages
allowing the 2nd battery to charge. When charging stops and voltage
falls, the VSR will disengage isolating the two battery banks from each
other. Dual sensing functionality enables the sensing of two battery
banks allowing two way charging.
710-140A
■ Safely charge two or more indipendent battery banks from one
charge source (alternator, battery charger….)
■ Protects start batteries from becoming flattened by domestic loads
■ Simple to install 3-wire connection, leaves alternator wiring intact
■ No Volt drop vs. diode isolators
■ Zero stand by current draw
■ Multi voltage, auto selects between 12 and 24V DC operation
■ Ignition protected
■ Surface or panel mountable
VOLTAGE SENSITIVE RELAYS
Replace previous models710-125A and 710-125A-DS
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
APPLICATION
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
710-140A
68101 P
12V DC/24V DC
For use on charging systems up to: 140 Amp
69 x 69 x 50 (2.75 x 2.75 x 2)
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS
716-SQ-140A-DVSR DUAL BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERS
For use on charging systems up to 150A. To be used on following
systems:
■ Single outboard dual battery bank
■ Single alternator inboard engine dual battery bank
716-SQ-140A-DVSR
135
715-S DUAL BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERS
The 715-S is designed for systems with twin engines and 2 batteries.
The house loads can be switched between port and starboard battery.
The selector switch can also be used to parallel the batteries when in
both position.
715-S
717-140A-DVSR THREE BATTERY CHARGING CLUSTERS
This system is designed for twin outboard installations using outboards
without AUX outputs. It will allow the port engine to charge the port
start battery and the house battery when the VSR is engaged. It will
also allow the starboard engine to charge the starboard start battery
and the house battery when the starboard VSR is engaged, giving a
combined charge from two outboards into the house battery until the
voltage regulators on both engines control the charge. It will also
allow the house battery to be charged if steaming on one engine.
MODEL
PART No.
ENGINE/BATTERIES
ORIENTATION
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
716-SQ-140A-DVSR
68102 S
Single inboard or outboard engine/2 banks
SQUARE
138 x 138 (5.4 x 5.4)
715-S
65352 A
Twin inboard or outboard engine/2 banks
RECTANGULAR
138 x 69 (5.4 x 2.75)
717-140A-DVSR
68103 U
Twin outboard engine/3 banks
RECTANGULAR
207 x 138 (8.1 x 5.4)
716-SQ-140A-DVSR
717-140A-DVSR
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION CLUSTERS
717-140A-DVSR
REMOTE BATTERY
MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM
136
SYSTEM FOR DUAL ENGINE AND THREE
BATTERIES 80-716-0015-00 - 67404 D
It offers the same features as the system
717-100A, but totally motorized.
VSR and battery switch are in one kit.
80-716-0015-00
REMOTE BATTERY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Dimension guide
Clusters are made from uniformly square
switches. Each side 69 mm (2.7”)
BATTERY SWITCH
CONTROL CENTER (BCC) - 67405 F
Sophisticated electrical systems need reliable
automation.
It is possible to centralize power handling
with BEP Battery Control Center (BCC)
that can control all battery switches from one
convenient position.
FEATURES
■ The BCC is equipped with locks that ensures
group operation at the turn of the key. Any
switch can be isolated cy disengaging its
lock and toggling the switch off
■ Isolate each battery via key switch or
designated battery banks via breaker.
■ LED Status indicators for battery switch
status.
80-700-0051-00
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS
GALVANIC ISOLATORS
■ Prevent galvanic corrosion due to dissimilar metals between boats
■ Gold plated terminals provide superior corrosion resistance to
marine environment
■ Block DC current from flowing through shore power cable
■ Ignition protected
MODEL
PART No.
AMP
VOLTAGE
4531001
67078 T
30A
115/230V
4531011
67079 V
50/60A
115/230V
4531001
137
4531011
702
702SB
702SB
Secondary Bus
Fitted to distribution
stud 702 allows for
small wire
connections without
cluttering main stud.
Terminal screws 4
mm (1/8”).
- 64393K
703-300A
702SB
MODEL
PART No.
STUD SIZE
AMP
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
702
63687 Y
10 mm (3/8”)
200A
69 x 69 x 50 (2.71 x 2.71 x 2)
703-300A
68058 S
10 mm (3/8”)
300A
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.71 x 2)
703-500A
63688 A
10 mm (3/8”)
500A
69 x 69 x 50 (2.71 x 2.71 x 2)
BUS BARS
Marine grade negative or positive Bus Bars are supplied as standard
with all BEP AC/DC control panels
FEATURES:
■
■
■
■
BB-6W-2S
4 mm (5/32”) stainless steel screws with shakeproof washers
2x6 mm (1/4”) input stud
Tin plated brass
Insulated mounting base
BB-12W-2S
MODEL
PART No. OUTPUT SCREWS
4 mm (5/32”)
INPUT STUDS
6 mm (1/4”)
CURRENT
RATING
BB-6W-2S
63690 L
6
1
100A
BB-12W-2S
63691 N
12
1
100A
BB-24W-2S
63692 R
24
2
150A
BB-24W-2S
INSULATED STUDS
FEATURES:
DIMENSIONS W x H x D mm (“):
■ Tinned copper 10 mm (3/8”) or
brass studs 6 mm (1/4”)
with spring washers
■ High temperature plastic
insulated mounting base
■ IS-10MM-1: 44x35x18 mm
(1.73x1.37x0.7)
■ IS-6MM-2: 42x32x36 mm
(1.65x1.25x1.42)
IS-10MM-1
IS-6MM-2
64392H
63689C
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS
702 DISTRIBUTION STUD
The 702 Contour Distribution Stud allows terminating of heavy duty
cables for 1 or more connections. Contour lock housing has removable
side plates which allow for connections from all sides, utilising link
bars 702SB.
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS
702-MFH AND 702-HDBFH SINGLE FUSE HOLDER
BEP Marine’s new heavy duty fuse holders are an economical way of
fusing heavy loads 30-80 amp. Ideal for battery charger outputs or
mains feeds. 6 mm (1/4”) studs receive ring terminals and cables up to
25 mm2 (4 gauge). Fuse is clamped between tinned brass clamp for
positive connection. Covers enclose exposed terminals to meet ABYC
standards.
138
MODEL
PART No.
STUD SIZE
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
702-MFH
67406 H
6 mm (1/4”)
71 x 53 x 36 (2,8 x 2 x 1.42)
702-MFH
BATTERY DISTRIBUTION COMPONENTS
SPECIFICATIONS:
- Fuses available 30-80 Amp
- Interrupt capacity: 1000 Amp DC
- Maximum voltage: 32 Volt DC
HEAVY DUTY FUSES
MODEL
PART No. RATING
MODEL
PART No. RATING
BFHD-30A 66132 R 30 Amp
BFHD-60A 66135 X 60 Amp
BFHD-40A 66133 T 40 Amp
BFHD-70A 66136 Z 70 Amp
BFHD-50A 66134 V 50 Amp
BFHD-80A 66137 B 80 Amp
704-ANL FUSE HOLDER HEAVY DUTY - 63235K
The 704-ANL allows fusing of heavy duty accessories between 80 Amp 500 Amp. Mounted in contour lock mouldings with removable sides.
Meets ABYC standards for exposed terminals.
ANL-FUSE
704-ANL
MODEL
PART No. ANL FUSE LINKS
SIZE mm (“)
HxWxD
IP100A
64395 P
100 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
IP150A
63806 D
150 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
IP200A
63807 F
200 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
IP250A
63808 H
250 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
IP300A
63809 K
300 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
IP425A
63810 U
425 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
IP500A
64407 U
500 Amp
138 x 69 x 50 (5.4 x 2.75 x 2)
IGNITION PROTECTED
Fuse
viewing
window
704-ANL
ATC FUSE HOLDERS
Clip on cover
with label
position for
each fuse
The BEP ATC fuse holder includes the
patented contour lock system (as used in all
BEP battery management products). This
allows you to module as many fuse holders as
you like together.
The advantage of this is that it allows you to
link the inputs together, or split them apart to
allow multiple power groups within one fuse
holder: eg. switched supply or 24 hour supply.
For the aftermarket the modular system
allows you to carry one part number instead
of 3 or 4. The 6W-ATC also includes a clip on
cover and label positions. The lebel positions
receive the same label as the 1000 series
panels: refer page 127 (ordered separately).
Position
for spare fuses
139
Available with
screw terminal
or 6,3 mm Quick
Connect options
(see part numbers
below)
ATC-6W
SPECIFICATIONS
■ Maximum amperage per circuit: 30 Amp
■ Maximum amperage per block: 100 Amp
■ Maximum voltage: 32V DC
■ Base material: polycarbonate
■ Cover material: clear polycarbonate
ATC-6W Dimensions
ATC FUSES
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
MODEL
PART
No.
RATING
ATC-6W
65569 C
6 way fuseholder, screw terminals, with cover
J03A
66018 T
3 Amp
ATC-6WQC
66017 R
6 way fuseholder, quick connect, with cover
J05A
66019 V
5 Amp
J7.5A
66020 D 7.5 Amp
J10A
66021 F 10 Amp
J15A
66022 H 15 Amp
J20A
66023 K 20 Amp
J25A
66024 M 25 Amp
J30A
66025 P 30 Amp
Fuse holder link
Part No. - 65570 L
BB-LINK-26 mm
Ordered
separately
BB-LINK - 26 mm
SPECIFICATIONS
■ Fuses available: 3-30 Amp
■ Interrupt capacity: 1000 amp DC
■ Maximum voltage: 32 Volt DC
J05A dimensions
J05A
ATC FUSE HOLDERS
ATC FUSE HOLDERS
DC SYSTEM MONITOR (DCSM)
DCSM SYSTEM INCLUDES 1 X SHUNT AND CABLE 80-600-0021-00 - 67407 K
140
MONITORS:
FEATURES:
SPECIFICATIONS:
■ Charge/discharge (Amps)
for two banks
■ Capacity remaining in
A/h and %
■ Battery condition
■ Tank fluid level
■ Circuit status
■ 8 generic, user
configurable inputs
■ Programmable high/low
audio/visual alarms for
volts, amps and tank
levels
■ Backlit keypad and
dimmable screen
■ Can be panel or surface
mounted
■ 2.8” colour QVGA LCD
■ Input voltage: 8-32VDC
■ Dimensions: W 38mm
(1,50”) x H 40mm (1.57”)
■ Backlit keypad
DC POWER METER:
DISPLAY TYPE:
CIRCUIT STATUS:
TANK LEVEL:
■ Displays voltages of multiple
battery banks (0-32VDC)
■ Displays charge and discharge
(Amps) of 2 battery banks
■ Displays battery capacity
in A/h
■ High/Low level alarms
■ Configure the DCSM to show
the data in analogue, digital
and graphic form
■ View the status of important
circuit (on/off) in graphic and
numeric form
■ View tank level information
for multiple tanks in numeric
and graphic forms. Resetable
when leaving boat.
80-600-0021-00
DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS
AC SYSTEM MONITOR (ACMS)
ACSM SYSTEM INCLUDES 1 X AC-VSEN-4 AND 2 X CT-10-3 80-600-0023-00 - 67408 M
MONITORS:
FEATURES:
SPECIFICATIONS:
■ AC volts, amps and
frequency
■ 3 generic user
configurable inputs
■ Displays data in
analogue, digital and
graphic forms
■ Programmable high/low
audio/visual alarms for
each input
■ 2.8” colour QVGA LCD
■ Input voltage: 8-32VDC
■ Dimensions: W 38mm
(1,50”) x H 40mm (1.57”)
■ Backlit keypad
80-600-0023-00
AC POWER METER:
AC VOLTS/FREQUENCY:
AC AMPS:
ALLARMS:
■ Displays AC volts, amps
frequency and power for two
supplies with a third position
for monitoring AC volts and
frequency of a third supply
■ Displays AC power in kW
■ Displays AC voltage and
frequency, 80-264 Vac 50 & 60
Hz
■ Displays current for 2 x AC
supplies (0-75A)
■ High and low alarms for each
input
■ User selectable alarm levels
■ Mutable
CONTOUR MATRIX DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS
The 600 series Digital Monitoring System, designed and manufactured by BEP Marine, is made to meet the requirements of modern
boating and recreational vehicles. Electrical installations on-board the modern boat now incorporate complex AC and DC systems along
with extensive tankage for items such as fuel, fresh water, sewage and grey water. Accurate monitoring of such systems is essential, as a
mal-function in any one of the above areas could cause major damage to expensive equipment and ultimately endanger the vessel or
peoples lives. The dot matrix display incorporated in the 600 series allows for more detailed on-screen information and clarity of
viewing. They have a backlighting display for easy night time viewing, audible alarm with mute function, power supply 10-35V DC.
The Contour Matrix series is designed to be surface mounted or recessed into a panel utilising the 600-PMK Kit.
SIDE VIEW
SURFACE
MOUNTED
SIDE VIEW
REAR
MOUNTED
PANEL MOUNTING KIT AVAILABLE. INCLUDES FACIA,
FASTENINGS AND TEMPLATE. P.N. 600-PMK - 65177 J
SIDE VIEW
FRONT VIEW
CONNECTOR STRIP
MOUNTED IN
REMOVABLE PLUG FOR
EASY INSTALLATION
METER REAR VIEW
141
Capacity remaining in Amp hours and percentage
VOLTAGE MONITOR:
AMP CHARGE & DISCHARGE:
■ Voltage monitor for up to
3 battery banks
■ 12 costum selectable
legends eg: Start battery,
House battery etc.
■ Hi / Low voltage alarms on
all 3 banks
■ On house bank only
■ Meter supplied with
a 450-50 mV shunt
PERCENT REMAINING
IN AMP HOURS:
■ Software utilizes Peukerts
exponent
■ Suitable for use on battery
banks from 60 to 3000
Amp hours
■ Low Amp hour alarm
600-DCM
BILGE MONITOR
■ The bilge monitor function
monitors bilge pump functions
24 hours, 7 days a week. Stores
bilge pump operations and
accumulated time. Resettable
when leaving boat.
■ Function only available when
third voltmeter position is not
used
LB-450-50 SHUNT - 64396 S
450A - Shunt supplied with 600-DCM and 80-600-0021-00 monitors
DIMENSIONS WxDxH mm (“):
■ 83 x 45 x 44 (3.26 x 1.77 x 1.73)
LB-450-50-SHUNT
DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS
600-DCM MONITOR - 63168X
The 600-DCM monitor offers a comprehensive range of functions to
allow full monitoring of your batteries and charging system.
There is also a function allowing for 24h monitoring of your bilge.
This meter is an important addition to modern battery management
systems.
DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS
600-ACM - 63169 Z
The 600-ACM AC monitor includes one extra voltage input allowing
monitoring of twin line inputs. Selectable legends allow labelling e.g.
AC volt Line 1, AC volt Line 2. It has also an extra input for current
enabling monitoring of Amp on twin line systems.
142
600-ACM
AC VOLT FUNCTIONS:
AMP FUNCTIONS:
FREQUENCY FUNCTIONS:
■ 3 inputs with
selectable legends:
AC volt Line 1,
AC volt Line 2,
AC volt L1 + L2,
■ High / low volt alarm
■ 2 AC Amp inputs
Selectable legends:
AC Amp, AC Amp
Line 1 & AC Amp
Line 2
■ High Amp alarm
■ 0 – 100 Hz
■ Frequency alarm
selectable for 50 or
60 Hz
CT-10-3 - 64398W
One Ct-10-3 current transformer
is supplied with 600-ACM.
If a twin line system is in
use a second CT must be
ordered.
AC-VSEN - 64397U
The AC-VSEN includes 2 voltage transformers for 2 voltage inputs.
Supplied with 600-ACM.
AC-VSEN-4 - 67314 C
AC transducer supplied with ACSM system
AC-VSEN-4
AC-VSEN
DIGITAL MONITORING SYSTEMS
ANALOG STAND-ALONE METERS
ANALOG VOLTMETERS
MODEL
PART No.
VOLT
SCALE
N816DCV
63682 M
12V DC
8-16 Volt DC
N1632DCV
63683 P
24V DC
16-32 Volt DC
ANALOG AMMETERS
MODEL
PART No.
SCALE
CURRENT
TRASFORMER
SHUNT
MODEL
N050A
64399 A
0-50 Amp DC
N/D
50A-50MV
N100A
64400 D
0-100 Amp DC
N/D
100A-50MV
N150A
64183 Y
0-150 Amp DC
N/D
150A-50MV
N816DCV
AMMETER SHUNT
MODEL
PART No.
SCALE
50A - 50MV
64515 X
0-50 A
100A - 50MV
64178 F
0-100 A
150A - 50MV
64516 Z
0-150
AMMETER SHUNT
ULTRASONIC TANK SENDER
TS1 - 66322 W
The TS1 Ultrasonic Tank Sender can be used on fuel (petrol or diesel), fresh water, grey or black water tanks.
One part number suits all tanks!
low profile
143
TS1
SPECIFICATIONS:
■ The TS1 is programmable for the following outputs: 240-33 Ohm, 10-180
Ohm and 0-5 Volt
■ The TS1 offers low profile and standard SAE 5 hole mounting pattern,
allowing it to be retrofitted to practically all other sender brands
■ The TS1 can be programmed for tank dimensions via a computer utilizing
BEP Marine’s proprietary TS1 software and TS1-PK kit software avoiding
experimental tank filling on site
■ The TS1 configured to a 0-5V output will connect straight into the BEP
600-TLMN and 600-DCTLM digital tank monitors
■ When configured to a 240-33 Ohm or 10-180 Ohm output the TS1 can be
connected to Uflex®, Wema®, Faria®, VDO®,Teleflex® and many other
popular instrument brands. When connecting to non-adjustable gauges
the TS1 must be pre-calibrated
■ Standard off the shelf TSI sender is set for 0-2000 mm (6.5’)
0,5 m (1.6’) cable
TS1-PK - 66323Y
SPECIFICATIONS
Current draw
10-32VDC
Current
draw
25mA with 5 volt gauge output
Measurement
method
acoustic sonic measurement
Tank depth
0 to 2000mm (6.5 ft)
Accuracy
distance 0-2000mm (6.5’) at 2 mm accuracy
Mounting
SAE 5 stud mounting
pattern with gasket, seal and screws.
Top mount only
Environmental
temperature 4 to 65 degrees C
Chemical resistance
Petrol, diesel, water, toilet chemicals
Tank type
Metal and plastic with non linear capacity, grey and black
water, petrol and diesel
BEP Marines proprietary software allows distributors or volume users to
pre-programme tank dimensions giving accurate measurement avoiding
experimental tank filling.
ULTRASONIC TANK SENDER
Non linear Tank Parameter Calcutation
NETWORK CONTROL AND MONITORING SYSTEM
CZone™ is what you want in a digital control
system designed for manufacturers and
installers.
144
It semplifies installation of electrical systems
through the replacement of complicated,
cumbersome wiring to switch and fuse panels,
with state of art, robust interface and light
NMEA 2000 network cable.
INSTALLATION:
Builders recognize an immediate benefit with
reductions in cable usage, harness weights
and installation times. CZone™ decentralizes
the DC power distribution system, locates
circuit control and protection modules closer
to loads to shorten cable runs and reduce the
size of conductors, significantly decreasing the
cost and weight of the electrical wiring
harness. The system replaces complex wiring
with a single data wire. Integrated diagostics
ensures fault finding is simple and modules
can easily be added into the system.
INTEGRATION:
CZone™ is NMEA 2000 compliant and uses
standard Micro cables and connectors. This
allows a single network backbone to be
installed for multiple systems (CZone™ and
other NMEA 2000 devices). Additionally,
CZone™ can share certain monitoring
functions with other NMEA 2000 compliant
screens.
SECURITY AND VERSATILITY:
CZONE™
CZone™, designed for 9-32V systems, features
built-in timers, dimmers (incuding support for
halogen lighting), alarms, voltage reducers
and load shedding.
The No-Single-Failure-Point techonology
ensures a plug-n-play system that is designed
to handle mishaps. If a module is damaged,
the system will autoatically program the
replacement module, when it is plugged in.
DISPLAY INTERFACE
WHISPER POWER - SMART ENERGY SOLUTIONS
145
WHISPER POWER - TOP QUALITY SYSTEMS
WhisperPower offers efficient, clean and exceptionally quiet power systems. Each product is characterised by its sustainable and reliable operation and exceptionally long life span.
BASIC
CONFORT SYSTEM
WITHOUT GENERATOR
146
The Basic Confort system consists of a 3.5 kW
Whisper Power Centre sine wave
inverter/battery Charger, a remote control
panel with energy monitor, shore connection
with isolation transformer (optional)
and a set of long-life GEL power batteries.
Note: The Basic Confort System is also
available with generator
TOP QUALITY SYSTEMS
ADVANCED SYSTEM
The Advanced system consists of a variable
speed Generator, GENVERTER 7i,that supplies
24V to the onboard batteries and/or 230 VAC
power via the WPC (Whisper Power Centre)
inverter/battery charger, Power System
Control Panel with built-in battery monitor
and a set of GEL batteries.
It can feed the complete DC and AC board
system.
Total 230 VAC power rating is 7 kW. ‘Silent
power’ is supplied by the highly reliable and
efficient sine wave inverter (3.5 kW) that can
also serve as a booster in case of limited shore
power availability, The three-stage battery
charger supplies a charge current up to 90 A.
The system enables complete plug & play
installation and considerable savings in fuel
consumption.
Also available for 12 VDC and 48 VDC
batteries.
ADMIRAL SYSTEM
The Admiral System has been developed for
yachts and small Professional vessels longer
then 12 metres.
Its total capacity is 9.5 kW with sufficient peak
power to start Inductive loads.
It is based on the super silent whisper Power
SQ6, 1500 rpm generator, of which the AC
output is connected directly to the
WhisperPower Centre. Additionally, the
WhisperPower Center has a shore connection,
with the option of a an isolation transformer.
The Power System Control Panel (PSCP)
controls both the Whisper generator and the
3.5 kW Whisper
Power Centre inverter/battery charger.
A shortage of shore power can be
compensated by the Whisper Power Centre
via the batteries.
The system is equipped with Whisper Power
High Density deep cycle AGM batteries for 700
full cycles.
147
The Royal System offers the perfect solution
for yachts and professional vessels longer then
16 metres.
It is based on the WhisperPower SQ 12 (12
kW) basic generator, linked to two parallel
connected Whisper Power Centres of 3.5 kW.
The total system capacity is nearly 20 kW,
while the ‘Silent power’ is 7 kW and the
charge capacity 180 A.
The system can also be configured as a 3
phase (3x400 VAC) power system, with 3
Power Centres connected in parallel.
Royal Systems are normally supplied with
2-VOLT GEL power traction batteries.
TOP QUALITY SYSTEMS
ROYAL SYSTEM
WPC - WHISPER POWER CENTRE
Integrated sine wave inverter/battery charger
WPC
MODEL
WPC-2000-12*
WPC-3500-24*
WPC-4000-48*
PART No.
68248 X
68249 Z
68250 H
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
9.5 – 17 VDC
19 - 34 VDC
38 – 68 VDC
Continuous power @ 25°C
2000VA
3000VA
3500VA
Power 5 sec @ 25°C
6000VA
9000VA
10500VA
INVERTER
Nominal battery voltage
Input voltage range
Maximum load
Maximum efficiency
Consumption OFF/stand-by/ON
Up to short-circuit (fully protected)
93%
94%
96%
1.4W/1.6W/9W
1.4W/1.6W/12W
1.8W/2.1W/14W
Output voltage
Pure sine wave 230 VAC (+/- 2%)
Overheat protection
Warning before shut-off with automatic restart
WPC - WHISPER POWER CENTRE
BATTERY CHARGER
Charge characteristic
Maximum charging current
6 step Bulk - Absorption - Floating - Equalization - Reduced floating - periodic absorption
100 A
90 A
50 A
150 to 250 VAC
150 to 250 VAC
150 to 250 VAC
45 to 65 Hz
45 to 65 Hz
45 to 65 Hz
30A / 50A
30A / 45A
30A / 47A
25 kg
28 kg
28 kg
510 x 330 x 150
510 x 330 x 150
510 x 330 x 150
IP21
IP21
IP21
20..+40 °C, derating to 55 °C
20..+40 °C, derating to 55 55 °C
20..+40 °C, derating to 55 55 °C
Forced from 45 °C
Forced from 45 °C
Forced from 45 °C
GENERAL DATA
Input voltage range
Input frequency
Input current max. (transfer
relay)/Output current max.
Weight
Dimensions H x W x D (mm)
Protection degree
Operating temperature range
Ventilation
Acoustic level
<40dB /<45dB (without / with ventilation)
WPC-PSCP - POWER SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL - 68253 P
■ Easy to connect remote panel for use with Whisper generators and WPC
■ Standard supplied with Genverter 7i
■ LCD displays and backlights. Integrated data logger with SD card
storage
WPC - ACCESSORIES
WPC-RCC - 68254 S Remote Combi Control
WPC-BSI
- 68255 U 500 Battery Status Interface
WPC-RS232 - 68256 W Serial Interface
WPC-BTS
- 68257 Y Battery Temperature Sensor
WPC - PSCP
*designed to operate with Whisper SC & SQ diesel generators. ‘Powerbox’ delivered as part of the Genverter 7i
148
WPC-2000-12; WPC-3500-24; WPC-4000-48
■ Combined charger and sine wave inverter
■ Power support function (smart-boost)
■ High efficiency (93-96%)
■ Superior start-up power
■ Dual input: generator and grid/shore input
- Dual output: high power & inverter output
■ Seamless AC source switching
■ Available for 12, 24 and 48 VDC
■ Conformity:
Directive EMC:2004/108/EC: EN 61000-6-1, EN 610000-6-3, EN 55014,
EN 55022, EN 61000-3-2, 62040-2. Low voltage directive 2006/95/EC:
EN62040- 1-1, EN 50091-2, EN 60950-1
M – GV4 BASIC GENVERTER
Variable speed diesel generator
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Variable speed 2500 – 3400 rpm
Permanent magnet fly wheel integrated alternator
Liquid cooled
High efficiency & fuel saving
Low noise
Ultra compact & light weight
3,4 kW output power, 230 VAC – 50 Hz
Cooler integrated
149
WPC
MODEL
M-GV4 BASIC
PART No.
68108 E
AC SYSTEM
Continuous output
3.8 kW at max rpm
Max output power
36 A
Harmonic distorsion
Parallel operation
230V / 50 Hz
< 5%
max 2 units
ALTERNATOR
Type
Pannello DDC
Permanent magnet
RPM range
2500-3400 rpm
Efficiency
94%
DDC PANEL - 67502 D
Digital remote panel with accurate read-out
of Volt/A/Hz/Load, time to service, including
auto-start stop function. Supplied as standard
with all Genverter 4 Whisper generators.
DIESEL ENGINE
Engine model
Number of cylinders
Cylinder capacity
Engine cooling
Fuel consumption
(no load-full load)
Starting
Starter battery
12V battery charger
Whisper WP1
1
300 cc
indirect watercooling
0,8 – 1,5 l/hr
Electrical – 12V
12 V /55 Ah (optional)
included
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
LxWxH
(mm - sound shield incl.)
Dry weight
Dry exhaust pipe
630 x 480 x 520
82 kg
Ø 1⅝ inch BSP thread
BELT POWER GENERATOR:
W-BD 3,5 kW - 67923 E
W-BD 5,0 kW - 67924 G
VARIABLE SPEED DIESEL GENERATORS
Output voltage/frequency
M –GV 7I GENVERTER
Hybrid generator variable speed
MODEL
M-GV 7i
PART No.
67708 A (12 VDC) 67709 C (24 VDC)
SPECIFICATIONS
150
Variable speed
Combined system output
2400–3400 gpm
7 kW / 24 VDC, 5.8 kW / modelli 12 V
Generator power (running engine)
Silent power (inverter mode)
3.8 kW
2.0 kW / 12V, 3.5 kW 24 VDC
INVERTER / GENERATOR
Peak output AC
60.0 A
Nominal voltage
230 Vac
Nominal current AC (combined)
30.0 A
Nominal frequency AC
50.0 Hz
Leading or lagging power factor
0,1 - 1
Parallel use (multiple systems)
not possible
Capacity (starter) battery (AGM)
12 V 55 Ah
Starter battery charge current
M-GV 7I DIESEL GENERATOR + INVERTER +
BATTERY CHARGER
■ 3.4 kVA/230VAC diesel generator
■ 3.5 kVA/230VAC sine wave inverter
■ Built-in charger for 12 or 24V DC
batteries
■ Land power connection
■ Variable speed 2500-3400 rpm
■ Fully automatic operation
■ Silent, liquid cooled diesel engine
■ Plug & Play installation
■ Combined output 6 kVA cont./
7 kVA max (24V models)
10 A maintenance charger
VARIABLE SPEED DIESEL GENERATORS
BATTERY CHARGER
Charge current
12 V model 100 A,
24 V model 90 A,
Charge characteristic
3-step, IUoUo
AC Shorepower
190 – 260 Vac
Temperature sensor
Yes
M-GV 7i
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Cooling
indirect watercooling
Max operation angle
(in all directions)
25°
Temperature range operational
-20° to 60 °C
Relative umidity
max 95% rel. umidity, none condensing
Remote control
WPC-PSCP panel
DIESEL ENGINE
Engine model
Whisper WP1
Number of cylinders
1
Cylinder capacity
300 cc
Air conumption
0.42 m3/min @ 3000 gpm
Engine cooling
indirect watercooling
Fuel consumption
(no load-full load)
0.8- 1.5 litri/ora
DIMENSIONS & WEIGHT
L x W x H mm
Dry weight
Dry exhaust pipe
Generator
Combi - enclosure
630 x 480 x 520
500 x 360 x 300
92 kg
25 kg
Ø 1⅝ inch BSP inner thread
WPC-PSCP
WPC-PSCP 68253 P
Power System control panel
Combined remote control and monitoring
panel for Whisper Power generators and
Genverter Series
1500 RPM M-SQ SERIES AND 3000 RPM M-SC SERIES
FIXED RPM DIESEL GENERATORS
The 1500 RPM M-SQ Series offers a range from 5.7kW to 25.0 kW generators
The 3000 RPM M-SC Series range includes 3.5, 5.0, 6.5 and 9 kW generators
As an option to the metal sound shield, a polyester soundproof casing is available for all the M-SC Series generators (MSC3.5 excepted: a polyester sound shield available only)
Main features: continuous performance, efficient sound proofing, vibration-free, water cooling system, advanced
control system, easy access to all vital parts, pre-fab connections for easy installation, CAN bus for local or remote
connection.
151
All generators are supplied with the digital control panel DDC Panel
M-SC 8
Polyester sound shield
WPC
M-SQ 8
M-SQ 25
DDC PANEL - 67502 D
Digital remote panel with accurate
read-out of Volt/A/Hz/Load, time to
service, including auto-start stop
function. Supplied as standard with
all Whisper generators.
FIXED RPM DIESEL GENERATORS
M-SC 3.5
1500 RPM M-SQ SERIES DIESEL GENERATORS – TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
152
M-SQ6
M-SQ8
M-SQ10
67411 A
67412 C
67413 E
Nominal power 50 Hz*
5,7 kW
8 kW
9,4 kW
Nominal voltage 50 Hz
230V single phase - 25A
230V single phase - 35A
230V single phase - 40A
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
n.a.
n.a.
n.a.
Voltage tolerance
± 5% electronic governor
± 5% electronic governor
± 5% electronic governor
Frequency tolerance
± 1% electronic governor
± 5 % electronic governor
± 1% electronic governor
12V – 70Ah
12V – 70Ah
12V – 70Ah
Alternator 40A
Alternator 50A
Alternator 50A
805x525x580
900x575x640
900x575x640
31,7x20,7x22,8
35,4x22,6x25,2
35,4x22,6x25,2
Dry weight
240 kg
334 kg
334 kg
Ø wet marine exhaust
40 mm
51 mm
51 mm
Oil refill cap location
top & side
top & side
top & side
Max. operating angle
25° in all directions
25° in all directions
25° in all directions
PART No.
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Output frequency
Three phase voltage regulation**
Starter battery, AGM type, (optional)
Battery charge current
DIESEL GENERATORS – 1500 RPM
Dim. with soundproof box
Alternator
Sound level (dBa)
water-cooled, no brushes, synchronous
51.9
54.8
54.8
Engine model/N° of cylinders
L3E / 3
S3L2 / 3
S3L2 / 3
Cylinder capacity
952 cc
1318 cc
1318 cc
3x76x70 mm
3x78x92 mm
3x78x92 mm
0,8 m3/min
1,1 m3/min
1,1 m3/min
indirect water-cooled
indirect water-cooled
indirect water-cooled
1-3 l/hours
1-3 l/hours
1-3 l/hours
15 l/min
18 l/min
18 l/min
Remote control panel (standard)
Digital Diesel Control
Digital Diesel Control
Digital Diesel Control
Additional remote control panel
Optional
Optional
Optional
7” touch screen
Optional
Optional
Optional
Power Take Off (PTO)
NO
Optional***
Optional***
Three phase version
N.A.
N.A.
N.A.
DIESEL ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Bore & stroke
Air consumption
Engine cooling
Fuel consumption (no load-full load)
Pump capacity
ACCESSORIES
* Peak capacity: 200%. %. Rating based on engine performance in conformity with ISO 3046; pressure 100 pKa, humidity 30%,
temperature 25°C. Rating and tolerances of electric parameters are based on power factor 1.
** Three phase generators are air-cooled
*** Power take off (PTO) with SAE A or SAE B flange.
M-SQ16
M-SQ20
M-SQ25
67342 H
67414 G
67415 J
67416 L
12 kW
16 kW
20 kW
25 kW
230V single phase - 52A
230V single phase - 70A
230V single phase - 86A
230V single phase - 108A
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
AVR, ± 2% tolerance
AVR, ± 2% tolerance
AVR, ± 2% tolerance
AVR, ± 2% tolerance
± 5% electronic governor
± 5% electronic governor
± 2% electronic governor
± 2% electronic governor
± 1% electronic governor
± 3% electronic governor
± 3% electronic governor
± 3% electronic governor
12V – 70Ah
12V – 120Ah
12V – 160Ah
12V – 160Ah
Alternator 50A
Alternator 50A
Alternator 50A
Alternator 50A
1060x575x640
1060x575x640
1260x680x800
1260x680x800
41,7x22,6x25,2
41,7x22,6x25,2
49,6x26,8x31,5
49,6x26,8x31,5
380 kg
454 kg
580 kg
580 kg
51 mm
51 mm
63 mm
63 mm
top & side
top & side
top & side
top & side
25° in all directions
25° in all directions
25° in all directions
25° in all directions
water-cooled, no brushes, synchronous
55.7
56.1
58.3
58.3
S4L2 / 4
S4Q2 / 4
S4S / 4
S4S / 4
1758 cc
2505 cc
3331 cc
3331 cc
4x78x92 mm
4x88x103 mm
4x94x120 mm
4x94x120 mm
1,5 m3/min
2,1 m3/min
2,8 m3/min
2,8 m3/min
indirect water-cooled
indirect water-cooled
indirect water-cooled
indirect water-cooled
1-4 l/hours
1-5 l/hours
1-6 l/hours
1-8 l/hours
18 l/min
22 l/min
22 l/min
22 l/min
Digital Diesel Control
Digital Diesel Control
Digital Diesel Control
Digital Diesel Control
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional***
Optional***
Optional***
Optional***
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
153
DIESEL GENERATORS – 1500 RPM
M-SQ12
3000 RPM M-SC SERIES DIESEL GENERATORS - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
M-SC3.5
M-SC6
M-SC8
M-SC10
67340 D
67341 F
67409 P
67410 Y
Nominal power*
3 kW
5 kW
6,4 kW
9 kW
Nominal voltage
230V – 13A
230V – 22A
230V – 28A
230V – 39A
Output frequency
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
50 Hz
1
1
1
1
Capacitor
Capacitor
Capacitor
Capacitor
Voltage tolerance (V)
± 6%
± 5%
± 5%
± 5%
Frequency regulation
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
Electronic
governor
governor
governor
governor
± 5%
± 5%
± 1%
± 1%
12V – 55Ah
12V – 85Ah
12V – 85Ah
12V – 85Ah
Auxiliary
Alternator
Alternator
Alternator
winding 4A
40A
40A
40A
505x400x500 mm
690x525x520 mm
690x525x580 mm
804x525x680 mm
Dry weight
97 kg
178 kg
178 kg
210 kg
Ø Wet marine exhaust
40 mm
40 mm
40 mm
40 mm
Ø Dry exhaust pipe
1” BSP
1” BSP
1” BSP
1” BSP
top & side
top & side
top & side
top & side
PART No.
154
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Power factor / cos phi
Voltage regulation
Frequency tolerance (Hz)
Starter battery, AGM type, optional
Battery charge current
DIESEL GENERATORS – 3000 RPM
Dimension with sound shield (lxlxh)
Location oil refill cap
Max. operating angle
25° in all directions
Alternator
Sound level at 7 m (dBA)
water-cooled, no brushes, synchronous
56.2
56.2
56.2
59.3
OC60
L2E
L2E
L3E
1
2
2
3
276 cc
635 cc
635 cc
952 cc
Bore & stroke
72 x 68 mm
2 x 76 x 70 mm
2 x 76 x 70 mm
3 x 76 x 70 mm
Air consumption
0,38 m /min
0,95 m /min
0,95 m /min
1,43 m3/min
oil-cooled indirect
watercooling
watercooling
watercooling
0,7-1,2 l/hour
1-2,5 l/hour
1-3 l/hour
1-4 l/hour
10-12 l/min
18 l/min
18 l/min
18 l/min
SPECIFICATIONS DIESEL ENGINE
Engine model
Number of cylinders
Cylinder capacity
Engine cooling
Fuel consumption (no load – full load)
Pump capacity
3
3
3
ACCESSORIES
Remote control panel
Additional remote control panel
Digital Diesel Control Digital Diesel Control Digital Diesel Control Digital Diesel Control
Optional
Optional
Optional
Optional
7” touch screen
No
Optional
Optional
Optional
Power Take Off (PTO)
No
No
No
No
Three phase version
No
No
No
No
** Peak power: 200%. Rating based on engine performance in conformity with ISO 3046; pressure 100 pKa, humidity 30%,
temperature 25°C. Rating and tolerances of electric parameters are based on power factor 1.
INSTALLATION KITS FOR DIESEL GENERATORS
When you install a Whisper Power generator, all connections and fittings shall be of the highest quality. Whisper Power
provides a range of kits to make installation faster and easier. There are the anti-vibration kit, complete with base plate
and shock mounts; the anti-siphon kit that prevents water percolation into the engine when it stops; the fuel kit allows
to keep clean the fuel flowing into the generator; the water inlet kit avoids that seawater impurities goes into the generator; the exhaust and separator kits allow to have minimum noise and easy installation.
Service kits are available too: the A kit for easier and more frequent maintenance and the B kit for larger maintenance.
155
WATER INLET KITS
Water inlet kit consisting of:
Water strainer, hoses, hose clamps, through-hull fitting and seacock
SYPHON BREAKER KITS
Syphon breaker kit consisting of:
Siphon breaker, hoses and hose clamps
67420 B – Syphon breaker kit 12.5 mm (1/2”) for M-SC 3.5 – wet exhaust
67421 D - Syphon breaker kit 20 mm (3/4”)
67422 F - Syphon breaker kit 25 mm (1”)
DELTA EXHAUST KITS
DELTA exhaust kit consisting of:
Exhaust silencer/waterlock with rotating connections, through-hull fitting, hoses and hose
clamps
67423 H – DELTA exhaust kit 40 mm (1 5/8”)
67424 K - DELTA exhaust kit 51 mm (2”)
67425 M - DELTA exhaust kit 63 mm (2 1/2”)
DELTA WATER/GAS SEPARATOR KITS
DELTA water/gas separator consisting of:
Water/gas separator with rotating connections, through-hull fitting, hoses, hose clamps and
seacock
67426 P – DELTA water/gas separator kit 40 mm (1 5/8”)
67427 S - DELTA water/gas separator kit 51 mm (2”)
67428 U - DELTA water/gas separator kit 63 mm (2 1/2”)
ANTI-VIBRATION KITS
Anti-vibration kits consisting of:
Schock mounts and installation material
67429 W – anti-vibration kit M-SC 3.5
67430 E – anti-vibration kit M-SC 6/8
67431 G – anti-vibration kit up to 280 kg
FUEL KITS
Fuel kit consisting of:
Fuel filter, hose clamps and couplings
67432 J – Fuel kit for W-SC, W-SQ, M-SC and M-SQ
SERVICE KITS
These kits are available for maintenance or to have essential parts at hands.
The A-kit includes filters a V-belts
The B-kit includes seals and various mechanical parts.
Specify type of generator when ordering.
INSTALLATION KITS FOR DIESEL GENERATORS
67417 N – Water inlet kit 12.5 mm (1/2”) for M-SC 3.5 – wet exhaust
67418 R – Water inlet kit 20 mm (3/4”)
67419 T – Water inlet kit 25 mm (1”)
WBC-HANDY SERIES
PORTABLE BATTERY CHARGERS
156
WBC-HANDY 20; WBC-HANDY 70; WBC-HANDY 150
■ Fully automatic chargers for all types of lead-acid batteries (WET,
AGM, GEL)
■ Self adjusted temperature compensation, assuring cold start in
winter and preventing from overcharging in summer
■ Easy battery size selection and power supply function enabling
forced float charge
■ Equipped with Charging Status Interface, indicating charge phase at
a glance
■ Reverse polarity protection with built-in flashlight
■ Standard supplied with permanent installation kit, for fixed
installations.
WBC-Handy
MODEL
WBC-Handy 20
WBC-Handy 70
WBC-Handy 150
PART No.
68259 C
68260 L
68261 N
Input voltage
220-240 VAC ± !0%
220-240 VAC ± !0%
220-240 VAC ± !0%
Input current
0,5 A
1,5 A
2A
13,7-15,5 VDC a 25°C
13,7-15,5 VDC a 25°C
13,7-15,5 VDC a 25°C
Charging voltage supply
13,7 VDC
13,7 VDC
13,7 VDC
Charging current
Max 2 A
Max 7 A
Max 15 A
Ambient temperature
-40..+50°C
-40..+50°C
-40..+50°C
Cooling
Convection
Convection
Convection
5 step IUU + pulse
5 step IUU + pulse
5 step IUU + pulse
13.7 VDC (maint. charge)
13.7 VDC (maint. charge)
13.7 VDC (maint. charge)
1-40 AH
1-150 Ah (max 180 Ah)
20-300 Ah (max 360 Ah)
Battery cable 1700 mm
Battery cable 1700 mm
Battery cable 1700 mm
Power cable 1800 mm
Power cable 1800 mm
Power cable 1800 mm
130 x 35 x 35 mm
225 x 50 x 50 mm
315 x 65 x 65 mm
IP54
IP54
IP54
0,350 kg
0,500 kg
0,800 kg
SPECIFICATIONS
Charging voltage
Charge characteristic
Forced float
Battery capacity
SMART ENERGY SOLUTIONS
Cabling
Dimensions (LxWxH)
International Protection grade
Weight
GETTING STARTED:
1. Connect the charger’s main plug to a power socket
2. Connect the charger’s red cable clamp to the battery’s positive
terminal post (+) and the black cable clamp to the battery’s
negative terminal post (-)
3. Select the correct mode, battery size (Ah) and battery technology
(AGM/GEL or WET battery), or 13.7 VDC supply
4. When the green lamp blinks for the selected mode
the battery is fully charged
68262 R - WBC-Handy fixed installation kit
68263 T - WBC-Handy battery fast connect
clamps
WP-COMBI SERIES ‘POWER TO GO’
Sine wave inverter/battery charger – 230 VAC
from the battery
Up to 3 kW 230 VAC / 50 Hz power
Silent and clean operation
Ideal to operate with solar and wind systems
Automatic switching from shore/land power to inverter power
Fully automatic 3-stage battery charging (two output)
Adjustable to work with limited land or genset power
Available for 12, 24 or 48 VDC batteries
157
WP-COMBI
RP-WP-COMBI - Remote Panel - 68267 B
MODEL
WP-COMBI 12/2000-80A
WP-COMBI 24/3000-60A
WP-COMBI 48/3000-30A
PART No.
68264 V
68265 X
68266 Z
True sine wave
True sine wave
True sine wave
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
10..16 VDC
20..35 VDC
40..65 VDC
Continuous Power @ 40°C
1800 VA
2600 VA
2600 VA
Power 20 sec. @ 25°C
3000 VA
4500 VA
4500 VA
Efficiency @ full load
88%
88%
88%
Output voltage
230 VAC +/- 3%
230 VAC +/- 3%
230 VAC +/- 3%
Charge characteristic
IUU multi step
IUU multi step
IUU multi step
Charge voltage – bulk
14.25 VDC
28.5 VDC
57.0 VDC
Charge voltage – absorption
14.25 VDC
28.5 VDC
57.0 VDC
Charge voltage – float
13.6 VDC
26.5 VDC
53.0 VDC
Max Charging current
80 A (adjustable)
60 A (adjustable)
30 A (adjustable)
SPECIFICATIONS
Inverter
Nominal battery voltage
Input voltage range
Input voltage range
196..265VAC (UPS mode) 170..265VAC (GEN mode)
Input current max
Weight
Dimensions mm
30A (protected by internal circuit breaker)
18,5 kg
22,5 kg
22,5 kg
458 x 218 x 190
458 x 218 x 190
458 x 218 x 190
SMART ENERGY SOLUTIONS
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
WBI SERIES
LOW VOLTAGE DROP BATTERY ISOLATOR
The WBI Series low voltage drop battery isolators have a negligible voltage
drop, therefore are especially suitable for charging multiple battery banks with
charge equipment whose charge voltage cannot be adjusted.
68268 D - WBI 150-2 IG (two output)
68269 F - WBI 150-3 IG (three output)
158
WBI
WVG-200 BATTERY ISOLATOR VOLTAGE GUARD
The Voltage Guard increases battery bank life by protecting the batteries
against damage by excessive discharge or overvoltage charge
WVG -200 - 68270 P - Voltage Guard
WVG
SMART ENERGY SOLUTIONS
WBL-120 MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED
BATTERY LINK
■
■
■
■
Simultanously charging of two batteries
Intelligent battery monitor function
Safe battery connect algorithm
Additional power boost by start assist function
WBL -120 - 68271 S - Battery link
WBL
WP-MC & WP-MG DC/DC CONVERTERS
■ The switched-mode DC/DC converters are designed to convert a DC
voltage, i.e. 24VDC, to another DC voltage, i.e. 12 VDC.
■ Provided with internal galvanic isolation
■ Also suitable for charging a secondary battery from the main
(service) battery
WP-MC, range, suitable for installations allowing common ground
WP-MG, range, designed for positive/negative isolated battery
installation (galvanic isolation)
WP-MC & WP-MG
WBM HIGH PRECISION BATTERY MONITOR
■ Accurate energy monitoring of one or two battery banks
■ No sudden empty batteries: precise ‘time remaining’ indicator (hrs,
min)
■ Calculation of Amp hours consumed
■ Two battery inputs
■ Displays voltage, current, consumed Amp hours, remaining
battery capacity and ‘time remaining’
■ State of charge indicator in %
■ Large backlight LC display
■ Fully programmable alarm relays
■ Shunt selection capability enables flexible system integration
■ Stores a wide range of historical events in internal memory
■ Splash proof front panel
■ 500 Amp shunt included
■ Easy to use, plug and play installation
■ CE and e-mark certified
159
WBM
MODEL
WBM-Basic
WBM-Pro
WBM-Pro HV
PART No.
68272 U
68273 W
68274 Y
Supply voltage range
9.35 VDC
9.35 VDC
14,70 VDC
Input voltage range
(auxiliary battery)
2.35 VDC
2.35 VDC
2.35 VDC
Input voltage range
(main battery)
0.35 VDC
0.35 VDC
20.35 VDC
Input current range
-999..+999 A
-999..+999 A
-999..+999 A
20..999 Ah
20..999 Ah
20..999 Ah
Battery capacity range
500A/50mV WBM shunt
WBM ACCESSORIES
68275 A – 6 m Connection accessory kit
68276 C – 12 m Connection accessory kit
68277 E – 3 m Quick Connection kit
68278 G – 10 m temperature sensor kit
68279 J – 1200A/50mV shunt
SMART ENERGY SOLUTIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
AGM-POWER – GEL-POWER & OPzV 2 VOLT CELLS BATTERIES
160
AGM & GEL BATTERIES
OPzV 2 VOLT BATTERIES
AGM-POWER BATTERIES 12V
■ Multi purpose batteries for start and service use
■ Deep cycle Absorbed Glass Mat batteries with 10 years floating design life
AGM-POWER
55 Ah
80 Ah
100 Ah
145 Ah
200 Ah
260 Ah
68280 T
68281 V
68282 X
68283 Z
68284 B
68285 D
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
550 A
800 A
1000 A
1450 A
2000 A
2600 A
20 hrs discharge
58.6 Ah
85.3 Ah
104.0 Ah
167.0 Ah
226.0 Ah
278.0 Ah
Weight +/- 10%
18.0 kg
24.0 Kg
30.0 kg
44.0 kg
60.0 kg
74.0 kg
229x138x210
350x157x180
328x172x222
340x173x280
522x240x219
520x268x220
PART No.
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal voltage
[email protected] 25°C (5sec)
Dimensions LxWxH
(mm - excl. terminals)
GEL-POWER BATTERIES 12V
■ ‘Long life’ batteries for heavy duty service and frequent cyclic discharge applications under extreme temperatures
■ Deep cycle GEL batteries with 12 years floating design life
GEL
100 Ah
145 Ah
180 Ah
225 Ah
PART No.
68286 F
68287 H
68288 K
68289 M
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
12.0 V-DC
1000 A
1450 A
1800 A
2250 A
20 hrs discharge
100.0 Ah
145.0 Ah
180.0 Ah
225.0 Ah
Weight +/- 10%
30.0 kg
44.0 Kg
53.0 kg
65.0 kg
328x172x222
340x173x280
530x209x214
522x240x219
SPECIFICATIONS
WHISPER POWER BATTERIES
Nominal voltage
[email protected] 25°C (5sec)
Dimensions LxWxH
(mm - excl. terminals)
2 VOLT CELLS OPzV – GEL POWER BATTERIES
■ OPzV batteries are suitable for applications with extended charge/discharge cycles
■ Designed to operate with high current DC & AC loads (inverter)
OPzV 2 Volt
600 Ah
800 Ah
1000 Ah
1200 Ah
1500 Ah
PART No.
68290 W
68291 Y
68292 A
68293 C
68294 E
2 V DC
2 V DC
2 V DC
2 V DC
2 V DC
1250
1250
1250
1250
1250
4mV/cell/°C
4mV/cell/°C
4mV/cell/°C
4mV/cell/°C
4mV/cell/°C
SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal voltage
Cycle life at 80% of D.O.D.
Temperature cut-off ratio
Self discharge
Weight +/- 10%
Dimensions LxWxH
(mm - excl. terminals)
less than 2% per month @ 20°C
50.0 kg
68.0 Kg
82.0 kg
97.0 kg
120.0 kg
145x206x667
191x210x668
233x210x670
275x210x669
275x210x820
PURE CHARGE™ BATTERY CHARGERS
161
The Sinergex PureCharge series are fully
automatic and intelligent battery chargers.
Using microprocessor and switch-mode
technology, the PureCharge battery charges
carefully assess the battery and then deliver
the optimum charge required.
Being a true 3-stage battery charger, the
PureCharge delivers charges in bulk
absorption and float stages, each stage
delivering the optimum charge for the best
performance and power for your battery.
By incorporating the float charge stage, the
PureCharge battery charger allows you to set
and forget, while your batteries are
automatically maintained.
FEATURES:
■ Microprocessor Controlled
■ Seven Selectable Charge Curves
■ 2/3 Isolated Outputs
■ Simple Status LED Display
■ Temperature Sensor Included
■ Automatic Intelligent Cooling
■ Light Weight and Compact Design
■ Electronic Reverse Polarity Protection
■ 3 Stage Charging: Bulk, Absorption, Float
SINERGEX® BATTERY CHARGERS
By implementing the latest technology,
PureCharge battery chargers are extremely
light in weight and very compact in size and
can be used and installed almost anywhere.
CHARGING CURVE
OUTPUT
15.0 VDC
Battery
Voltage
162
Current
BULK CHARGING
ABSORPTION
FLOAT CHARGING
Temperature has a major effect on batteries and charging. To overcome problems caused by
temperature, the PureCharge includes a temperature sensor to measure ambient temperature
and compensate to deliver an optimum efficient charge.
SINERGEX® BATTERY CHARGERS
Want to know the status of your charge? The PureCharge incorporates a quick glance LED
panel so you can easily see the level of charge.
The unique design of the PureCharge allows you to customize the charge for your needs. By
using the simple DIP switches, you can select the charging voltages and curve to suit your
battery. The PureCharge has seven preset selectable charging curve suitable for Lead Acid,
AGM, and GEL batteries.
MODEL
PC-2512
PC-4012
Part No.
65600 T
65601 V
150-250 VAC
150-250 VAC
Frequency
50 Hz
50 Hz
Normal Output Voltage
12 V
12 V
24 Amps/12V
40 Amps/12V
IP20
IP20
270x185x70
330x185x70
3,5
4
100-300 Ah
100-400 Ah
82%
82%
-20°C/+60°C
-20°C/+60°C
7 pre-set selectable
7 pre-set selectable
charging curve
charging curve
Normal Input Voltage
Maximum Charge Current
Protection Category
Dimension (mm)
Weight (kg)
Battery Capacity
Efficiency
Temperature Compensation
Charging
absorption & float
ENERGY UNLIMITED
163
BATTERY CHARGERS
BLUE POWER BATTERY CHARGER IP20
Universal input: 90-265 VAC or 90-350 VDC
The charger will operate on whatever supply is available
MODEL
PART No.
12/7 IP20
65626 M
12/10 IP20
65627 P
12/15 IP20
65571 N
12/25 IP20 (1)
67914 D
12/25 IP20 (3)
67915 F
24/5 IP20
65628 S
24/8 IP20
65577 B
24/15 IP20 (1)
67916 H
24/15 IP20 (3)
67917 K
INPUT VOLTAG
RANGE
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz
130-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
150-270V DC / 45-65Hz
130-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
150-270V DC / 45-65Hz
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
90-350V DC / 45-65Hz
180-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
150-270V DC / 45-65Hz
180-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
150-270V DC / 45-65Hz
BLUE POWER IP 20
CHARGE VOLTAGE
ABSORPTION
CHARGE
CURRENT
14,4V DC
7A
14,4V DC
10A
14,4V DC
15A
14,4V DC
25A
14,4V DC
25A
28,8V DC
5A
28,8V DC
8A
28,8V DC
15A
28,8V DC
15A
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
50x85x200
1.3
(0.2x3.3x7.8)
(2.8)
50x85x200
1.3
(0.2x3.3x7.8)
(2.8)
50x85x200
1.3
(0.2x3.3x7.8)
(2.8)
66x90x235
1.3
(2.6x3.5x9.3)
(2.8)
66x90x235
1.3
(2.6x3.5x9.3)
(2.8)
50x85x200
1.3
(0.2x3.3x7.8)
(2.8)
50x85x200
1.3
(0.2x3.3x7.8)
(2.8)
66x90x235
1.3
(2.6x3.5x9.3)
(2.8)
66x90x235
1.3
(2.6x3.5x9.3)
(2.8)
BATTERY CHARGERS
BLUE POWER BATTERY CHARGERS - WATERPROOF
Blue Power battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUo
charging. The casing is made of cast aluminium and they are
waterproof (protection IP 65), schockproof and ignition protected.
Standard features
Protection against battery reverse polarity, output short circuit and
over temperature; operating temperature range -20 to +60°C; red and
black battery connection cables of 1.5 m of length; connection cable of
1,5 m with Europe class 1 plug, two LED’s for status indication.
BLUE POWER IP 65
MODEL
PART No.
INPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE
CHARGE VOLTAGE
ABSORPTION
CHARGE
CURRENT
12/7 IP65
66009 S
200-265V AC / 45-65Hz
14,4V DC
7A
12/17 IP65
66405 A
200-265V AC / 45-65Hz
14,4V DC
17A
24/3 IP65
66406 C
200-265V AC / 45-65Hz
28,8V DC
3A
24/12 IP65
66035 T
200-265V AC / 45-65Hz
28,8V DC
12A
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
43x80x155
1.1
(1.7x3.1x6.1)
(2.4)
47x99x193
1.4
(1.9x3.9x7.6)
(3.1)
43x80x155
1.4
(1.7x3.1x6.1)
(2.4)
47x99x193
1.4
(1.9x3.9x7.6)
(3.1)
(1) one output - (3) three outputs
164
Standard features
Adaptive 4-stage charge characteristic: bulk- absorption-float-storage.
The Blue Power charger features a microprocessor controlled ‘adaptive’
battery management. The ‘adaptive’ feature will automatically
optimise the charging process relative to the way the battery is been
used.
BATTERY CHARGERS
CENTAUR BATTERY CHARGERS - ANALOGIC CONTROL
Centaur battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUo charging.
All models are designed to operate all over the world without any
adjustment needed on input voltage range or frequency.
They have three isolated outputs to simultaneously charge 3 battery
banks. Each output is capable to supply the full rated current.
MODEL PART No.
INPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE
CHARGE VOLTAGE CHARGE
ABSORPTION CURRENT(1)
165
CENTAUR
Ah
BATTERIES
12/20
64886 K
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
20 A
80 /200
12/30
64887 M
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
30 A
120/300
12/40
64888 P
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
40 A
160/400
12/50
64889 S
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
50 A
200/500
12/60
64890 A
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
60 A
240/600
12/80
64891 C
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
80 A
320/800
12/100
64892 E
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
100 A
400/1000
12/200
64893 G
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14.3V DC
200 A
800/2000
24/16
64894 J
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
16 A
45/150
24/30
64895 L
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
30 A
120/300
24/40
64896 N
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
40 A
160/400
24/60
64897 R
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
60 A
240/600
24/80
64898 T
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
80 A
320/800
24/100
64899 V
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
100 A
400/1000
(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C.
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
355x215x110
3.8
(14.0x8.5x4.3)
(8.4)
355x215x110
3.8
(14.0x8.5x4.3)
(8.4)
426x239x135
5
(16.8x9.4x5.3)
(11)
426x239x135
5
(16.8x9.4x5.3x)
(11)
426x239x135
5
(16.8x9.4x5.3)
(11)
505x255x130
12
(19.9x10.0x5.2)
(26.4)
505x255x130
12
(19.9x10.0x5.2)
(26.4)
505x255x230
16
(19.9x10.0x9.1)
(35.3)
355x215x110
3.8
(14.0x8.5x4.3)
(8.4)
426x239x135
5
(16.8x9.4x5.3)
(11)
505x255x130
12
(19.9x10.0x5.2)
(26.4)
505x255x130
12
(19.9x10.0x5.2)
(26.4)
505x255x230
16
(19.9x10.0x9.1)
(35.3)
505x255x230
16
(19.9x10.0x9.1)
(35.3)
BATTERY CHARGERS
Standard features
Aluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board
protection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forced
cooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,
analog ammeter, DIP switch for selection of charge/float voltage for
flooded lead-acid, gel or AGM batteries, Europe CE certification and
U.S.A. UL certification.
Temperature range: -20 + 60° C
BATTERY CHARGERS
PHOENIX BATTERY CHARGERS - MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL
Phoenix automatic battery chargers with microprocessor can suit
perfectly and automatically the charge for the batteries. During the 4
charge stages (bulk-absorption-float-storage) the battery charger will
maintain the optimal charge depending on battery status and use.
166
Standard features
Aluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board
protection with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forced
cooling, protection against output short circuit and over temperature,
battery temperature sensor, compensation on cable voltage fall, two
full charge output and one oputput limited to 4 A, RS-485 data port
for computer connection, feeder function.
PHOENIX
MODEL
PART No.
INPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE
CHARGE
VOLTAGE
CHARGE
CURRENT(1)
Ah
BATTERIES
DIMENSIONS
H x L x P mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
(Absorption)
12/30
64900 A
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14,4V DC
30 A (x2) + 4 A
100/400
350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3)
3.8 (8.4)
12/50
64901 C
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
14,4V DC
50 A (x2) + 4 A
200/800
350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3)
3.8 (8.4)
24/16
64902 E
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28,8V DC
16 A (x2) + 4 A
100/200
350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3)
3.8 (8.4)
24/25
64903 G
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28,8V DC
25 A (x2) + 4 A
100/400
350x200x108 (13.8x7.9x4.3)
3.8 (8.4)
(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C
SKYLLA BATTERY CHARGERS - MICROPROCESSOR CONTROL
Skylla battery chargers have automatic three stage IUoUo charging. They are
designed for use on battery banks with 24Vcc / 48Vcc.
They have two outputs, two full charge output and one oputput limited to 4 A
BATTERY CHARGERS
Standard features
Aluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board protection
with an acrylic coating, built-in temperature sensors, forced cooling, protection
against output short circuit and over temperature, battery temperature sensor,
compensation on cable voltage fall, feeder function.
MODEL
PART No.
INPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE
TG 24/30
64904 J
185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
TG 24/30
GMDSS
66036 V
TG 24/50
CHARGE
VOLTAGE
SKYLLA
CHARGE
CURRENT(1)
Ah
BATTERIES
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
28.5V DC
30 A + 4A
150/300
365x250x147
(14.4x9.9x5.8)
5.5
(12.1)
185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
30 A + 4A
150/300
365x250x147
(14.4x9.9x5.8)
6
(13.2)
64905 L
185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
50 A + 4A
250/500
365x250x147
(14.4x9.9x5.8)
5.5
(12.1)
TG 24/50
GMDSS
67918 M
90-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
50 A + 4A
250/500
485x250x147
(19.1x9.9x5.8)
6
(13)
TG 24/80
64906 N
185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
80 A + 4A
400/800
365x250x257
(14.4x9.9x10.1)
10
(22)
TG 24/100
64907 R
185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
100 A + 4A
500/1000
365x250x257
(14.4x9.9x10.1)
10
(22)
TG 24/100
3 fasi
64908 T
320-450V AC / 45-65 Hz
28.5V DC
100 A + 4A
500/1000
515x260x265
(20.0x10.2x10.4)
23
(48)
TG 48/25
64909 V
185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
57V DC
25 A + 4A
125/250
365x250x147
(14.4x9.9x5.8)
5.5
(12.1)
TG 48/50
64910 D
185-265V AC / 45-65 Hz
57V DC
50 A + 4A
250/500
365x250x257
(14.4x9.9x10.1)
10
(22)
(Absorption)
(1) 100 % output up to 40°C, 80% nominal output at 50°C and 60% of nominal at 60°C.
OPTIONAL: Skylla control panel (page 173)
PHOENIX INVERTERS
Developed for professional duty, Phoenix pure sine inverters are suitable for the widest range of applications.
The design criteria have been to produce a true sine wave inverter with optimised efficiency without compromise in
performance. Employing hybrid HF technology, the result is a top quality product with compact dimensions, light in
weight and capable of supplying power, problem-free, to any load. A unique feature of the SinusMax technology is
very high start-up power. Phoenix inverters, in fact, are well suited to power up difficult loads such as: refrigeration
compressors, electric motors and similar applications. Conventional high frequency technology does not offer such
extreme performance.
PHOENIX INVERTER UP TO 750 VA
PART No.
INPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE V DC
CONT. OUTPUT
POWER - VA(1)
PEAK
POWER - W
12/180 Schuko
12/350 Schuko
64911 F
64912 H
10,5 – 15,5
10,5 – 15,5
180
350
200
500
12/800 Schuko
68056 M
9,2 - 17,3
800
1600
24/180 Schuko
64914 M
21,0 – 31,0
180
200
24/350 Schuko
64915 P
21,0 – 31,0
350
500
24/800 Schuko
64917 U
18,4 - 34,0
800
1600
- 50 Hz ± 2%
MODEL
OUTPUT: 230V AC ± 2%
Standard features
Aluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board
protection with an acrylic coating, forced cooling with temperature sensors,
remote connector, battery cables (1.5 m), output short circuit protection,
over temperature protection.
167
PHOENIX up to 750 VA
MAX EFFIC.
%
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
91
90
72x132x200 (2.8x5.2x7.9)
72x155x237 (2.8x6.1x9.3)
2.7 (5.9)
3.5 (7.7)
91
108x165x305 (4.2x6.4x11.9)
6.5 (14.3)
92
72x132x200 (2.8x5.2x7.9)
2.7 (5.9)
91
72x155x237 (2.8x6.1x9.3)
3.5 (7.7)
93
108x165x305 (4.2x6.4x11.9)
6.5 (14.3)
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C
PHOENIX INVERTER 1200 VA
Standard features
Aluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board
protection with an acrylic coating, forced cooling with temperature
sensors, protection against: output short circuit, overload, low battery
voltage, reverse polarity, reverse voltage on output, input voltage
ripple, high temperature.
Relay multifunction.
PART No.
INPUT VOLTAGE
RANGE V DC
CONT. OUTPUT
POWER - VA(1)
PEAK
POWER - W
MAX EFFIC
%
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
C12/1200
64918 W
9,5 – 17,0
1200
2400
93
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C12/1600
64919 Y
9,5 – 17,0
1600
3000
93
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10(22)
C12/2000
66407 E
9,5 – 17,0
2000
4000
93
520x255x125 (20.5x10.0x4.9)
13 (28.6)
12/3000
66037 X
9,5 – 17,0
3000
6000
93
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6)
18 (39.7)
C24/1200
64921 J
19,0 – 33,0
1200
2400
94
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C24/1600
64922 L
19,0 – 33,0
1600
3000
94
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C24/2000
66408 G
19,0 – 33,0
2000
4000
94
520x255x125 (20.5x10.0x4.9)
13 (28.6)
24/3000
64923 N
19,0 – 33,0
3000
6000
94
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6)
18 (39.7)
24/5000
66244 C
19,0 – 33,0
5000
10.000
94
444x328x240 (17.5x12.9x9.4)
28 (61.7)
OUTPUT: 230V AC ± 2% - 50 Hz ± 2%
MODEL
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C
All models are suitable for parallel (max 6 parallel units) and 3-phase operation
OPTIONAL: control panel Phonix CC Inverter (page 173)
INVERTERS
PHOENIX da 1200 VA
MULTI-FUNCTION INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS
QUATTRO 5kVA
Two AC inputs with integrated transfer switch
The Quattro can be connected to two independent AC sources, for example shore-side power
and a generator, or two generators: the Quattro will automatically connect to the active
source.
168
Two AC outputs
The main output has no-break functionality. In the event of a grid failure, or shore or
generator power being disconnected, the Quattro takes over the supply to the connected
loads. This happens so fast (less then 20 milliseconds) that computers and other electronic
equipment will continue to operate without disruption. The second output is live only when
AC source is available. Loads that should discharge the battery, like a water heater for example
can be connected to this output.
Virtually unlimited power thanks to parallel operation
Up to 10 Quattro’s can operate in parallel. Ten units 24/5000/120, for example, will provide
40kW / 50kVA output power and 1200 Amp charging capacity.
Three phase capability
Three units can be configured for three-phase output and up to 6 sets of three units can be
parallel connected to provide 75kW / 90kVA inverter power and more then 2000 Amp
charging capacity.
Power Control - Dealing with limited generator, shore-side or grid power
The Quattro is a very powerful battery charger. It will therefore draw a lot of current from the
generator or shore-side supply (16A per Quattro at 230 VAC). A current limit can be set for
both AC inputs. The Quattro will then take account of the other AC loads and use whatever is
spare for charging, thus preventing the generator or shore supply from being overloaded.
QUATTRO
5kVA
Power Assist – Boosting shore or generator power
Where peak power is so often required only for a limited period, the Quattro makes sure that insufficient shore or generator power is
immediately compensated for by power from the battery. When the load reduces, the spare power is used to recharge the battery. With this
feature, problems related to insufficient shore or generator power are solved once and for all. Air conditioning, an electric hob, a washing
machine, a dish washer, a 16A shore connection, or even less then16A, will not limit you in any way.
INPUT
PART No. VOLTAGE
RANGE
CONT.
OUTPUT
POWER (1)
12/3000/120-50-30
66880 M
9,5 - 17
3000
12/5000/220-100-100
67437 V
19 - 33
5000
24/3000/70-50-30
66881 K
19 - 33
3000
24/5000/120-100-100
66097 S
19 - 33
5000
24/8000/200-100-100
67388 T
19 - 33
8000
BATTERY CHARGE
INPUT VOLTAGE
CHARGE
RANGE
CURRENT
OUTPUT: 230V AC ± 2%
INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS
MODEL
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
14.4V DC (absorption)
13.8V DC (float)
120A + 4A
362x258x218
(14.3x10.1x8.6)
19,0
(41.8)
14.4V DC (absorption)
13.8V DC (float)
220A + 4A
470x350x280
(18.5x13.8x11)
34,0
(74.9)
28.8V DC (absorption)
27.6V DC (float)
70A + 4A
362x258x218
(14.3x10.1x8.6)
19,0
(41.8)
28.8V DC (absorption)
27.6V DC (float)
120A + 4A
444x328x240
(17.4x12.9x9.4)
30.0
(66.1)
57,6V DC (absorption)
55,2V DC (float)
110A + 4A
470x350x280
(18.5x13.8x11)
45,0
(99.2)
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C
EASYPLUS
The Poenix EasyPlus is a multifunctional energy system: 12 Volt 1600VA sine wave inverter
(3000 Watt peak power) and 70A charger including 4A trickle charge for start battery.
Unique PowerAssist© technology protects the shore or generator from being overloaded
by adding extra inverter power when needed.
4 stage adaptive charge technology for quick and accurate battery charging.
RCD (30mA/16A) on AC output.
Two Ac output sockets protected by 16A automatic circuit breakers for optimum safety.
Second AC output active only when shore power is available.
No-break system: uninterrupted switching between shore/generator and inverter.
Battery cables and remote panel included.
MODEL
PART No.
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
EP C 12/1600/70-16
64948 F
510x214x110 (20x8.4x4.3)
11,7 (25,8)
EASYPLUS
MULTI-FUNCTION INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS
MULTIPLUS
The MultiPlus is a powerful true sine wave inverter, a sophisticated battery
charger that features adaptive charge technology, and a high-speed AC transfer
switch in a single compact enclosure.
The MultiPlus is compatible with Lithium-ion batteries.
Double AC outputs
The main output features a no-break function: when the shore power or the
genset power fails, the MultiPlus takes charge of the active loads without
discontinuity. The second output is active only when an AC source is connected.
The loads that may discharge the batteries, like the boiler, shall be connected to
the second output.
169
Parallel operation and three-phase configuration
The MultiPlus are able to be installed in parallel up to 6 units. In addition to
parallel connection, three units of the same model can be configured for threephase output: up to 6 sets of three units can be parallel connected for a total
output of 75KW /90kVA and a current of 2000A.
Power Control
The MultiPlus is a very powerful battery charger, drawing high currents from the
genset or from the shore power (up to 10A per 5kVA Multi at 230 VAC). In order
to avoid any generator or shore overload, a current limit can be set through the
Multi Control Panel; this way the Multiplus will charge the battery with the
current not used from the others AC loads on board.
MULTIPLUS
Power Assist
In the event that the onboard load exceeds the available shore power, the inverter function works in parallel with the shore connection to
boost the total energy available and avoid overload. This works just the same with a generator.
Four stage adaptive charger and dual battery charging
The main output provides a powerful charge to the battery system by means of advanced “adaptive charge” software. The software
automatically tunes three charging stages in order to give the battery what it needs and to add a forth stage for long periods of float
charging. The second output is a float –only intended for engine start battery.
64927 X
9,5 – 16
800
35 A + 4A
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C12/1200/50-16
64932 P
9,5 – 16
1200
50 A + 4A
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C12/1600/70-16
64933 S
9,5 – 16
1600
70 A + 4A
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C12/2000/80-30
64936 Y
9,5 – 16
2000
80 A + 4A
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
12/3000/120-16
64938 C
9,5 – 16
3000
120 A + 4A
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
12/3000/120-50
66875 R
9,5 – 16
3000
120 A + 4A
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
C24/800/16-16
64929 B
9,5 – 16
800
16 A + 4A
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
C24/1200/25-16
64940 N
19,5 – 33
1200
25 A + 4A
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C24/1600/40-16
64941 R
19,5 – 33
1600
40 A + 4A
375x214x110 (14.7x8.4x4.3)
10 (22)
C24/2000/50-30
65725 P
19,5 – 33
2000
50 A + 4A
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
24/3000/70-16
64944 X
19,5 – 33
3000
70 A + 4A
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
24/3000/70-50
64945 Z
19,5 – 33
3000
70 A + 4A
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.6) 18 (39.7)
24/5000/120-50
67433 L
19,5 – 33
5000
120 A + 4A
448x328x240 (17.6x12.8x9.4) 30 (66.1)
187-265 V AC / 45-55 Hz
C12/800/35-16
MODEL
CONT. OUTPUT
BATTERY CHARGE
(1)
POWER
OUTPUT
INPUT
CHARGE
VA
VOLTAGE RANGE CURRENT
230V AC ± 2% 50 Hz ± 2%
PART No.
INPUT
VOLTAGE
RANGE
DIMENSIONS
H x L x P mm (“)
WHIGHT
kg (lbs)
(1) Continuous output power at 25°C
For a better use of all MultiPlus systems, it is necessary to install the Ve bus Multi Control 16 or the Digital Multi Control
remote control. It offers power control and power assist (page 173).
INVERTER/BATTERY CHARGERS
System configuration
After installation, the MultiPlus is ready to work. If settings have to be changed, this can be done with the DIP switch setting procedure.
Even parallel and 3-phase operation can be programmed with DIP switches. The VE.Net panel can be used as well for any setting
modification.
ORION DC-DC CONVERTERS
Orion DC/DC Converters are designed to deliver a stable 12 Volt supply from a 24 Volt system. An inferior supply can
cause irreparable damage to 12 Volt system, but the use of an Orion voltage converter prevents such problems. Next to
converters from 24V to 12V, a wide range of other models is available.
170
ORION DC-DC
ISOLATED ORION DC-DC
SERIE ORION NON ISOLATI
MODEL
PART No.
INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT MAX OUTPUT
RANGE - Vcc VOLTAGE - VDC CURRENT
TEMPERATURE
CONTROL
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
Orion 24/12-5
64949 H
18-35
12
5
no
45x90x65 (1.8x3.5x2.6)
0.2 (0.40)
Orion 24/12-12
64951 U
20-35
12
12
no
45x90x100 (1.8x3.5x3.9)
0.3 (0.65)
Orion 24/12-17
67919 P
18-35
12
17
no
45x90x110 (1.8x3.5x4.0)
0.3 (0.65)
Orion 24/12-25
68027 E
18-35
10-15
25
no
65x88x160 (2.6x3.5x7.3)
0.7 (1.55)
Orion 24/12-40
68107 C
18-35
12
40
si
65x88x185 (2.6x3.5x7.3)
0.85 (1.9)
Orion 24/12-70
68222 C
18-35
10-15
70
si
65x88x195 (2.6x3.5x7.7)
0.90 (2.0)
Orion 12/24-7
64955 C
9-18
24
7
no
49x88x98 (1.9x3.5x3.9)
0.30 (0.7)
Orion 12/24-10
64956 E
9-18
24
10
no
45x90x125 (1.8x3.5x4.5)
0.40 (0.9)
To obtain 120A, it is possible to connect in parallel two 24/12-60 units.
ISOLATED ORION CONVERTERS
ISOLATED (xx = input: 2,24 V DC - yy = output: 12 or 24 V DC
Orion xx/yy-100
-
12-24
12,5/24
100 W*
no
49x88x152 (1.9x3.5x6.0)
0.50 (1.1)
Orion xx/yy-200
-
12-24
12,5/24
200 W*
si
49x88x182 (1.9x3.5x7.2)
0.60 (1.3)
Orion xx/yy-360
-
12-24
12,5/24
360 W*
si
64x163x160 (2.5x6.4x6.3)
1.40 (3.1)
Orion 12/27,6-12
67800 M
9-18
27,6
-
si
64x163x160 (2.5x6.4x6.3)
1.40 (3.1)
DC-DC CONVERTERS
* Nominal power
ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS
The isolation transformer eliminates any electrical continuity between AC
shore power and the ship. It is essential for safety and eliminates the need
for galvanic isolators and polarity alarms. The shore power is fed to the
primary side of the transformer and the ship is connected to the
secondary. The isolation transformer completely isolates the boat from the
shore ground. By connecting all metal parts to the neutral output on the
secondary side of the transformer, a GFCI (ground fault current
interrupter) will trip or a fuse will blow in case of a short circuit.
Features
Aluminium epoxy powder coated case with drip shield, circuit board
protection with an acrylic coating, toroidal transformer.
ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
PART No.
WATT
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
2000 W 115/230 V
64969 P
2000 W
375x214x110 (14.8x8.4x4.3)
10 (22.0)
3600W 115/230 V
64970 Y
3600 W
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.5)
23 (50.7)
7000W 230 V
64972 C
7000 W
362x258x218 (14.2x10.1x8.5)
24 (52.9)
MODEL
ACCESSORIES
BATTERY MONITORS
The BMV monitors feature an advanced microprocessor control system combined with high
resolution measuring system for battery voltage and charge/discharge current. It can display:
voltage, charge/discharge current, state of charge of the battery (in Ah or %), remaining
charge. Standard with connection cables and shunt.
Mounting hole: 52mm (2”)
BMV 600S - 66164 E - monitoring 1 battery 9-90 VDC
BMV 602S - 66409 J - monitoring 2 batteries 9-90 VDC
BMV 600HS - 67434 N - monitoring 1 battery 70-350 VDC
Available RS230 or NMEA2000 interface to connect to a computer
BMV 600S / BMV 600H
BATTERY ISOLATORS
171
Battery isolators allow simultaneous charging of two or more batteries from one
alternators, without connecting the batteries together. Discharging the accessory
battery, for example, will not result in discharging the starter battery.
ARGO – DIODE BATTERY ISOLATORS
The Argo battery isolators feature a low voltage drops thanks to the use of
Schottky diodes: at low current the voltage drop is approximately 0,3V and at the
rated output approximately 0,45V.
All models are fitted with a compensation diode that can be used to slightly
increase the output voltage of the alternator. This compensates for the voltage
drop over the diodes in the isolator.
ARGO
Alternator energize input
Some alternators need DC voltage on the B+ output to start charging. Obviously, DC will be present when the alternator
is directly connected to a battery.
Inserting a Diode or FET splitter will however prevent any return voltage/current from the batteries to the B+, and the
alternator will not start. The new diode isolators have a special current limited energize input that will power the B+
when the engine run/stop switch is closed.
MODEL
PART No.
MAX CHARGE
CURRENT
ALTERNATOR
MAX CURRENT
No. of
BATTERIES
DIMENSIONS
H x L x P mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
80-2AC
67435 R
80A
80A
2
60x120x90 (2.4x4.7x3.5)
0.6 (1.3)
100-3AC
64984 K
100A
100A
3
60x120x115 (2.4x4.7x4.5)
0.8 (1.8)
120-2AC
64985 M
120A
120A
2
60x120x115 (2.4x4.7x4.5)
0.8 (1.8)
140-3AC
64986 P
140A
140A
3
60x120x150 (2.4x4.7x6.0)
1.2 (2.6)
160-2AC
64987 S
160A
160A
2
60x120x150 (2.4x4.7x6.0)
1.2 (2.6)
180-3AC
64988 U
180A
180A
3
60x120x200 (2.4x4.7x7.9)
1.5 (3.3)
Alternator energize input
The new ARGO FET isolators have a special current limited energize input that will
power the B+ when the engine run/stop switch is closed.
ARGO FET
MODEL
PART No.
MAX CHARGE
CURRENT
ALTERNATOR
MAX CURRENT
No. of
BATTERIES
DIMENSIONS
H x L x P mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
1002-FET
64989 W
100A
100A
2
65x120x200 (2.6x4.7x7.9)
1.2 (2.6)
1003-FET
64990 E
100A
100A
3
65x120x200 (2.6x4.7x7.9)
1.2 (2.6)
2002-FET
64991 G
200A
200A
2
65x120x200 (2.6x4.7x7.9)
1.2 (2.6)
2003-FET
64992 J
200A
200A
3
65x120x200 (2.6x4.7x7.9)
1.2 (2.6)
ACCESSORIES
ARGO FET BATTERY ISOLATORS: NO VOLTAGE LOSS
Differently from diode battery isolators, FET isolators have virtually no voltage loss.
Voltage drop is less then 0,02 Volt at low current and averages 0,1 Volt at higher
currents.
When using ARGO FET battery isolators, there is no need to also increase the
output voltage of the alternator. Care should be taken however to keep cable
lengths short and of sufficient cross section.
CIRYX – MICROPROCESSOR CONTROLLED BATTERY COMBINER
The Cyrix battery combiner is a microprocessor controlled heavy duty relay that automatically connects batteries in parallel when one of
them has reached a preset voltage (indicating that the battery has been charged) and disconnects when the voltage decreases below float
level (indicating that one or more batteries have been discharged).
No voltage loss
Cyrix battery separators are an excellent replacement for diode isolators. The
main feature is that there is virtually no voltage loss so that the output voltage
of alternators or battery chargers does not need to be increased.
172
Prioritising the starter battery
In a typical setup the alternator is directly connected to the starter battery. The
accessory battery and possibly also a bow thruster and other batteries are each
connected to the starter battery by Ciryx battery combiners.
When a Ciryx senses that the starter battery has reached its connect voltage
will engage, to allow for parallel charging of the other batteries.
Bidirectional voltage sensing
The Ciryx senses the voltage of both connected batteries. It will therefore also
engage if for example the accessory battery has been charged by a battery
charger.
Parallel connection in case of emergency
The Cyrix can also be engaged with a switch to connect manually batteries in
parallel. This is especially useful in case of emergency when the starter battery
is discharged or damaged.
CYRIX
12/24V auto ranging with Cyrix-i
The Cyrix-i 12/24-100 automatically detects system voltage.
MODEL
PART No.
CONTINUOUS PEAK
CURRENT
CURA
RENT
CONNECT
VOLTAGE
V
DISCONNECT
VOLTAGE
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
i 12/24-120
66245 E
120
180
13÷13.8V
e 26÷27.6V
11÷12.8V
e 22÷25.7V
46x46x80
(1.8x1.8x3.2)
0.11
(0.24)
i 12/24-225
67063 D
225
500
13÷13.8V
e 26÷27.6V
10,5÷12.8V
e 21÷25.6V
100x90x100
(4x3.5x4)
0.66
(1.45)
i 12/24-400
67064 F
400
2000
13÷13.8V
e 26÷27.6V
10,5÷12.8V
e 21÷25.6V
78x102x110
(3.0x4.0x4.3)
0.9
(1.9)
BATTERY PROTECTION
ACCESSORIES
The Victron battery protection disconnects the
battery from non essencial loads before it is
completely discharged (which would damage
the battery) or before it has insufficient
power left to crank the engine.
BP-40i e BP-60i
MODEL
PART No.
MAX CONTINUOUS
CURRENT
PEAK
CURRENT
BP-40i
66038 Z
40A
120A
6-35V
BP-60i
65000 S
60A
120A
BP-200i
66246 G
200A
480A
BP-200i
OPERATING
LOAD DISCONNECT
VOLTAGE RANGE
DELAY
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
1 minuto
80x60x40
(3.2x2.4x1.6)
0.2
(0.5)
6-35V
1 minuto
80x60x40
(3.2x2.4x1.6)
0.2
(0.5)
6-35V
1 minuto
60x120x110
(2.4x4.7x4.3)
0.8
(1.8)
REMOTE CONTROL PANELS AND CONNECTION CABLES
DMC - Digital Multi Control GX
VE.Bus Multi Control
PHOENIX CC
173
CONTROL PANELS
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
DMC 200/200
66717 W
Digital Multi Control 200/200
DMC 200/200 GX
67920 Y
Digital Multi Control 200/200GX
VE.Bus MC 16/200A
66247 J
VE.Bus Multi Control 16/200A panel
Phoenix CC Inverter
65005 C
Phoenix Inverter Control panel
Phoenix RC Inverter
66202 K
Remote Control for 750VA Phoenix Inverter
- 3m cable
Phoenix CC Charger
65006 E
Phoenix Charger Control panel
Skylla CC
65007 G
Skylla Control panel
CW
65008 J
On-Off Skylla switch
BA
65009 L
Battery alarm panel
CABLES AND CONNECTION KIT
MODEL
PART No.
DESCRIPTION
UTP-5 RJ 45
65010 V
UTP 5 m cable
UTP-10 RJ 45
65011 X
UTP 10 m cable
UTP-15 RJ 45
65012 Z
UTP 15 m cable
UTP-20 RJ 45
65013 B
UTP 20 m cable
UTP-25 RJ 45
65014 D
UTP 25 m cable
UTP-30 RJ 45
65015 F
UTP 30 m cable
RS232/MK.2b
65018 M
Connection Kit RS232/MK.2b
USB/RS232
65019 P
Converter USB/RS232
MK2/USB
67082 H
Converter Kit USB/MK.2b
STAINLESS STEEL MALE PLUG
■ 3 poles with cover IP67 rating
MP32-10 – 66731P – 32A
AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH
66138 D Filax transfer switch CE 50Hz (up to 3500W) shore/inverter
ACCESSORIES
Victron Interface
BATTERIES
174
AGM
GEL
Deep cycle AGM batteries are more suitable for short-time delivery of very high currents (engine starting) than gel
batteries. Life: 7 – 10 years
AGM Type
PART No.
CAPACITY*
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
12/60
65022 C
60 - 55 Ah
299x138x227 (11.7x5.4x8.9)
20 (44.0)
12/66
65023 E
66 - 60 Ah
258x166x235 (10.1x6.5x9.2)
24 (52.9)
12/90
65024 G
90 - 80 Ah
350x167x183 (13.8x6.6x7.2)
27 (59.5)
12/110
65645 S
110 - 100 Ah
330x171x220 (13x6.7x8.7)
32 (70.5)
12/130
65025 J
130 - 120 Ah
410x176x227 (16.1x6.9x8.9)
38 (83.7)
12/165
65026 L
165 - 150 Ah
485x172x240 (19.1x6.7x9.4)
47 (103.6)
12/220
65027 N
220 - 200 Ah
522x238x240 (20.5x9.3x9.4)
65 (143.0)
PART No.
CAPACITY*
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
12/60
65028 R
60 - 55 Ah
299x138x227 (11.7x5.4x8.9)
20 (44.0)
12/66
65029 T
66 - 60 Ah
258x166x235 (10.1x6.5x9.2)
24 (52.9)
12/90
65030 B
90 - 80 Ah
350x167x183 (13.8x6.6x7.2)
26 (57.3)
12/110
65646 U
110 - 100 Ah
330x171x220 (13x6.7x8.7)
33 (72.7)
12/130
65031 D
130 - 120 Ah
410x176x227 (16.1x6.9x8.9)
38 (83.7)
12/165
65032 F
165 - 150 Ah
485x172x240 (19.1x6.7x9.4)
48 (103.6)
12/220
65033 H
220 - 200 Ah
522x238x240 (20.5x9.3x9.4)
66 (143.0)
*value for 20 hours of discharging
GEL deep cycle batteries. Life: 12 years
GEL Type
*value for 20 hours of discharging
GEL long life 2Vcc batteries with lead calcium grids. Life: 20 years.
BATTERIES
GEL 2 V DC Type
PART No.
CAPACITY*
DIMENSIONS
H x W x D mm (“)
WEIGHT
kg (lbs)
2/800
65034 K
800 Ah
215x193x710 (8.5x7.6x27.9)
68 (150)
2/1000
65035 M
1000 Ah
215x235x710 (8.5x9.2x27.9)
82 (181)
2/1500
65036 P
1500 Ah
215x277x855 (8.5x10.9x33.6)
120 (264)
2/2000
65037 S
2000 Ah
215x400x815 (8.5x15.7x32.1)
160 (352)
2/3000
65038 U
3000 Ah
215x580x815 (8.5x22.8x32.1)
240 (529)
*value for 10 hours of discharging
Lithium batteries available on request
175
WIND & SOLAR RE
WIND & SOLAR
RENEWABLE ENERGY
AIR BREEZE WIND GENERATORS
176
Quiet, reliable energy for sea and shore
AirBreeze is trusted by sailors around the world and recommended as the
best high-energy output turbine by Yachting Monthly. Its optimized
electronic controls deliver energy quietly and efficiently. Extensive third
party testing and certification shows more consistent output than the
competition. AirBreeze is part of the latest generation of AIR products –
the world’s best-selling wind turbines – with more than 135,000 units sold
in more than 120 countries.
High performance in marine environments
We recommend AirBreeze for all small battery-charging applications in
coastal areas or offshore: boats, docks and other marine uses. The
AirBreeze is an ideal wind turbine for hybrid systems with solar to offset
those cloudy or stormy periods. AirBreeze is built and backed by the
worldwide leader in small wind.
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
■
Improved reliability backed by a lifetime warranty
Quiet operation
Energy in light winds
Lightweight; unique design is simple and easy to install
Stop switch included
Corrosion resistant paint tested to SAE J2334 standard
Marine grade 0-ring seal
Stainless steel external fasteners
Anodized blade hub
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Model:
Part No.:
WIND GENERATORS
Energy:
Air Breeze M1 12V
Air Breeze M2 24V
68070 F
68071 H
approx. 3200 Ah/month at 11.3 knots (5.8 m/s)
Rotor Diameter:
46 in (1.17 m)
Weight:
13 lb (5.9 kg)
Shipping dimensions:
Mount:
Startup Wind Speed:
Voltage:
Turbine Controller:
Body:
Blades:
27 x 12.5 x 9 in (686 x 318 x 229 mm) – 17 lb (7.7 kg)
1.9 in (48 mm) outer diameter
7 mph (3.13 m/s)
12 or 24 VDC
Microprocessor-based
smart internal regulator
Cast aluminium with corrosion resistant paint
Injection-moulded composite
Overspeed protection:
Electronic torque control
Survival Wind Speed:
110 mph (49.2 m/s)
SUPERWIND - 350
The Superwind 350 is a small wind generator for professional use,
which even under extreme conditions works autonomously and
automatically. It is often used on sites where there is no grid
available. The electric power generated by Superwind charges
batteries and can be used directly for 12V- or 24 V-appliances.
There are many industrial appliances on these voltage levels like
measurement systems, transmitters or navigational aids. But there
are also quite a number of high-quality energy-saving appliances
available, such as energy saving lamps, refrigerators, deepfreezers, water pumps, ventilators, consumer electronics, TV, radio
and navigation equipment, etc. Superwind generators are used in
wind/solar hybrid systems to ensure the availability of power.
177
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
Nominal Power:
350W a 12,5 m/s
Nominal wind speed:
3,5 m/s
Cut off wind speed:
none
Rotor diameter:
1,20 m
Number of blades:
3
Blade material:
CFK
Rotor speed:
500 – 1300 rpm
Generator:
permanent magnet
Nominal voltage:
12V DC - 24V DC
Speed regulation:
rotor blade pitch
Power regulation:
rotor blade pitch
Brake:
generator short-circuit
Weight:
Rotor thrust (operation):
11,5 kg
70 N
Rotor thrust
(extreme wind speed)
220 N
SUPERWIND 350 12V - 65726 S
SUPERWIND 350 24V - 65727 U
CHARGE REGULATOR CRM 12V - 65728 W
CHARGE REGULATOR CRM 24V - 65729 Y
INSTALLATION KIT - 65731 J
WIND GENERATORS
STOP SWITCH - 65730 G
MARINE PV SOLAR
MODULES
178
MARINE PV SOLAR MODULES
Sunware solar modules, without glass, are
functionally reliable, robust, light-weight,
weather-proof and sea-water resistant:
therefore they have been specially designed
for marine applications on board.
The innovative manufacturing process and
the use, in some cases, of 40 polycrystalline
solar cells instead of 36, make them
particularly suitable to be installed on the
deck of the boat, avoiding vibrations and the
negative effects of high temperature.
Self-cleaning and safe to step-on, SUNWARE
modules are easy to bend and can therefore
adhere to the deck (maximum bending 3%,
i.e. bending of 3 cm per 1 m long module).
Each module is supplied complete with
stainless steel back-plate, a sea-water proof
and UV resistant cable (3 m long – red/blue
2x1.5 mmq), a surrounding edge protection
profile and mounting stainless steel eyelets
for easy installation using screws, hooks or
ropes.
Manufacturing process, result of long
experience achieved, includes an individual
final test for each SUNWARE solar module.
All modules are covered by a 3 year warranty
on the power output.
MODEL
P. No.
Rated power Wp
N° of Cells
Battery System
Imp. (A)
Voc (V)
Isc (A)
Dimensions mm (“)*
Dimension
Weight Kg (lbs)
SW-3061
65103C
12
40
12
0.55
24.6
0.6
249 x 467
(9.8 x 18.4)
SW-3062
65104E
18
40
12
0.83
24.6
0.89
249 x 642
(9.8 x25.3)
SW-3063
65105G
24
40
12
1.1
24.6
1.2
459 x 467
(18.0 x 18.4)
SW-3064
65106J
36
40
12
1.65
24.6
1.8
459 x 638
(18.0 x 25.1)
SW-3065
65107L
48
40
12
2.2
24.6
2.4
499 x 838
(19.6 x 33.0)
SW-3066
65108N
70
40
12
3.3
24.6
3.6
891 x 638
(35.0 x 25.1)
SW-3265
65109R
48
80
24
1.1
49.2
1.2
499 x 838
(19.6 x 33.0)
SW-3266
65110Z
70
80
24
1.6
49.2
1.7
891 x 638
(35.0 x 25.1)
1.2 (2.6)
1.7 (3.7)
2.3 (5.0)
3.1 (6.8)
3.2 (7.0)
6.1 (13.4)
4.5 (9.9)
6.1 (13.4)
* Thickness: 5 mm - 0.2”
ACCESSORIES:
MID CLIPS AND SIDE CLIPS
- Part No. 64098 H (2 clips)
- Part No. 64099 K (4 clips)
PLUGS, SOCKETS AND CONNECTORS
- Male Socket Part No. 64100 R
- Female Socket Part No. 64101 T
- Plug Part No. 64102 V
- Bulkhead kit Part No. 64104 Z
PV MODULES
Photon® employs top quality materials to
factory build reliable and long lasting multicrystalline PV Modules.
Photon® prime quality main components are:
high efficiency cells, reflection-free and power
transmitting glasses, anodized aluminium
frames. Back positioned mounting holes for
easy of installation.
Photon® PV Modules are suitable for both
stand-alone and grid-connected installations.
Photon® Quality Policy is to provide quality
solar energy products and services to meet or
exceed customers’ expectations.
The Quality Management System (QMS) at
Photon® is certified by TÜV, in compliance
with ISO 9001:2000 standards.
Solar Modules (up to 220 Wp) manufactured
by Photon® are certified by TÜV, in
accordance with IEC61215 standards.
179
MODEL
PART No.
Pmax
Watt
Vmp
Volt
Imp
Amp
Voc
Volt
Isc
Amp
Dimension
mm
Weight
kg
PM005
65867 L
5
16,5
0,31
20
0,35
300x185x22
0,7
PM010
65868 N
10
16,5
0,61
20
0,7
340x280x22
1,15
PM020
65869 R
20
16,5
1,22
20
1,36
500x340x22
2,0
PM040
65707 M
40
17,7
2,30
21,6
2,5
655x535x34
4,2
PM060
65493 V
60
17,7
3,75
21,6
3,8
670x760x34
6,9
PM080
65708 P
80
17,7
4,52
21,6
5,1
890x655x34
8,4
PM0100
65870 Z
100
17,7
5,76
21,6
6,3
1150x655x34
10,8
PM0115
65118 S
115
17,7
6,50
21, 6
7,3
1325x653x34
10,8
PM0135
66211 L
135
17,7
7,60
21,6
8,3
1490x655x35
12
PV MODULES
Pmax: Nominal power
Vmp: Voltage at Maximum Power
Imp: Current at Maximum Power
Voc: Open Circuit Voltage
Isc: Short Circuit Current
MORNINGSTAR® CHARGE
REGULATORS - PROSTAR™ AND
SUNSAVER™ SERIES
180
BATTERY CHARGE REGULATORS
PROSTAR™ SERIES FEATURES
■ 3 digits LCD display reading in sequence:
Battery Current, PV Current, Loads Current
■ Automatic voltage select for either 12 or
24V DC systems
■ Automatic voltage select for either a sealed
or flooded battery
■ Full electronic protection against any
consequence of reversed wire connection
■ Instant disconnection/connection of all PV
modules and loads by a button
SUNSAVER™ SERIES FEATURES
■ Multi-colour status LED
■ 3 LED’s for battery state of change with
self-diagnostic
■ Full electronic protection against reversed
PV, battery or load wire connections
■ Either a flooded or sealed battery can be
selected with a simple jumper
■ Encapsulated in epoxy compound for
service in harsh environment
■ Dead battery recovery
PROSTAR™ SERIES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Part No.
Nominal Voltage
Rated solar current
Rated load current
Load disconnect/LVD reconnect
Self consumption
Dimensions mm
Weight
PS15M
62643W
12V DC
15 Amp
15 Amp
11,5 V/12,6V
22 mA
153 x 105 x 55
0,34 kg
PS30M
61737A
24V DC
30 Amp
30 Amp
11,5 V/12,6V
22 mA
153 x 105 x 55
0,34 kg
PS15M-48V
63072H
48V DC
15 Amp
15 Amp
11,5 V/12,6V
28 mA
153 x 105 x 55
0,34 kg
SUNSAVER™ SERIES TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Part No.
Nominal Voltage
Rated solar current
Rated load current
Load disconnect/LVD reconnect
LVD reconnect
Dimensions mm
Weight
SS 6 L
61213E
12V DC
6A
6A
11,5 /12,6V
Yes
152x55x34
0,23 kg
SS 10
61415B
12V DC
10 A
10 A
11,5 /12,6V
No
152x55x34
0,23 kg
SS 10 L
61192X
12V DC
10 A
10 A
11,5 /12,6V
Yes
152x55x34
0,23 kg
SS 20 L
61734U
12V DC
20 A
20 A
11,5 /12,6V
Yes
152x55x34
0,23 kg
SS10 L-24
61938L
24V DC
10 A
10 A
23/25,2V
Yes
152x55x34
0,23 kg
MORNINGSTAR®
BATTERY CHARGER
SUNSAVER MPPT™
181
SunSaver MPPT™solar controller is an
advanced maximum power point tracking
(MPPT) battery charger for off-grid
photovoltaic (PV) systems
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Part No.
Nominal Battery Voltage
Max Battery Current
Battery Voltage Range
Max PV Open Circuit Voltage
Nominal max PV input (12V DC Battery)
Nominal max PV input (24V DC Battery)
Output Rating
Self Consumption
Dimensions
Weight
ELECTRONIC PROTECTION
■ PV: Overload, Short Circuit, High Voltage
■ Load: Overload, Short Circuit
■ Reverse Polarity: Battery, PV and Load
■ Lightning and Transient Surges
■ High Temperature
■ Reverse Current at night
SunSaver MMPT™
66242 Y
12V o 24V DC
15 Amp
7-36V
75V
200 Watt
400 Watt
15 Amp
35 mA
16,9 x 6,4 x 7,3 cm
0,60 kg
CERTIFICATIONS
■ CE
■ RoHs
BATTERY CHARGE REGULATORS
FEATURES
■ Smart tracking algorithm that maximizes
the energy harvest from the PV modules
■ Well suited for both professional and
consumer PV applications
■ Peak efficiency of over 97%
■ Enables the use of high voltage and thin
film modules for off-grid battery charging
■ Provides a means to use up to a 36V PV
array to charge either a 24V or 12V battery
■ Load control to prevent over discharge of
the battery
■ User selection via on-board switches or PC
connection
■ Records key operating parameters of the
PV system and includes 30 days of data
logging
■ Options: Remote Meter, Remote
temperature Sensor
MORNINGSTAR®
BATTERY CHARGER
SUNSAVER DUO™
182
SunSaver DUO™ is a two battery solar
controller with remote adjustable meter
FEATURES
■ Will charge two separate and isolated
batteries at the same time based on user
selectable priorities
■ Includes a backlit remote meter with LED
display which may be mounted in or on a
wall and displays information about the
solar power system
■ User adjustable via DIP switch or
connection to a PC
■ Two battery charging eliminates the added
cost of two separate solar charging systems
and the need for isolation between the
batteries
■ Will not be damaged by wiring mistakes
during installation
■ Epoxy encapsulated for environmental
protection
■ Options: Remote Temperature Sensor
BATTERY CHARGE REGULATORS
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Part No.
Battery Voltage
Rated Solar Input
Max Solar Voltage
Max battery Voltage
Self Consumption
Operating Ambient Temperature
Dimensions
Meter Hole size
Largest wire
Weight
ELECTRONIC PROTECTION
■ PV:Over Current, Short Circuit
■ Reverse polarity
■ Lightning
■ High Temperature
■ Reverse Current at Night
SunSaver DUO™
66129 C
12 Volt
25 Amp
30 Volt
15 Volt
25 mA (controller and meter)
-40°C a +40°C
170 x 56 x 41 mm
76 mm
16 mm²
0,26 kg
CERTIFICATIONS
■ CE
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
183
HALYARD® SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS – LLOYDS APPROVED
A marine engine exhaust system ejects the cooling water as well as
silencing the engine’s combustion noise and removing the exhaust
gasses. The system must create minimal restriction to the flow of
exhaust gasses, known as back pressure, or the engine may be
damaged.
184
Halyard® produces GRP silencers using specialist resins, allowing
Halyard® silencers to survive remarkably high temperatures if the
cooling water supply blocks for short periods. Halyard® silencers are
usually made from filament wound GRP tube, manufactured in our
own plant, which is hand-laminated with flat sheet bases. Every single
silencer produced is pressure tested individually to guard against leaks.
GRP is used as the base material to avoid the corrosion and acoustic
problems of welded stainless units, and to avoid the low melting
points of plastic silencers. Although normal marine exhausts run at
between 40°C and 60°C, Halyard® silencers will remain operational
after exposure to 300°C or more, while a plastic unit will melt at
around 150°C.
Halyard® GRP silencers are approved by Lloyds Register.
In-line Silencers
Here are four main objectives achieved by Halayard®:
1. To reduce noise by between 40% and 90%.
2. To cool the exhaust, and eject the engine cooling water through the
exhaust without excessive back pressure.
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
3. To minimise the risk of water running back up the exhaust and into
the engine cylinders, causing serious engine damage.
4. To site the outlets at the stern of the boat to minimise exhaust
fumes on board.
Dual Chamber Silencers
Water Separators and Silencers
HALYARD® - SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
APPLICATIONS AND INSTALLATION DIAGRAMS
WHERE’S THE WATERLINE?
Marine exhausts are cooled by sea water, so it’s essential that the water cannot run back up the exhaust and into the
engine’s cylinders. The resulting damage can be catastrophic. A few simple rules need to be followed, and engine
installers should seek expert advice if in any doubt.
185
ENGINE WELL ABOVE WATERLINE
This engine is sited well above the waterline, and the exhaust system
has a downhill gradient of 1 in 8, or steeper, as it scope to the stern.
The water will naturally run down the slope and away from the
engine. A standard in-line silencer will achieve a noise reduction of
approximately 40%. A dual chamber silencer will achieve up to 80%.
(Sketch A)
Sketch A
1. Fit a "high riser". This is an extension to the exhaust outlet on the
engine taking it well above water-line to create a 1 in 8 gradient
from the water injection on the engine down to the stern. An inline silencer can then be used with a noise reduction of around
40%. Alternatively you might get the necessary height by using a
Dual Chamber silencer, with a noise reduction of around 80%.
(Sketch B)
2. Fit a dual chamber silencer.
The dual chamber silencer means the hose scope steeply down from
engine to silencer, and again from silencer to stern. The geometry
needs careful checking, but it can solve the problem and it offers a
noise reduction up to 80%. (Sketch C)
ENGINE NEAR OR BELOW WATERLINE
Most displacement craft have their engines low down. The sketch
shows a typical water-trap silencer positioned below and behind the
engine. The hose from this silencer runs gradually down to the stern.
Water in the system drains into the silencer when the engine is
stopped. A wave coming up the stern is unlikely to climb over the
gooseneck. (Sketch D)
Sketch B
Sketch C
Siphon breakers should always be used in the cooling water supply to
installations of this type. Normal lift silencers reduce noise by 45% or
so. You can add a water separator to increase this around 90%.
Sketch D
NOTE: Dimensions on Lift Silencing systems vary widely, but a 12m yacht normally needs a drop of 300mm (12") from the water
injection point on the engine exhaust outlet to the top of the lift silencer. The gooseneck should then be 450mm (18") above waterline
– or more if the exhaust is to one side. The lift silencer should not fill with water by more than 30% when the engine is stopped, and it
must be large enough for this. These are very general guidelines and will change with angles of heel, size of vessel, engine choice etc.
Individual installations must be checked with qualified designers or marine engineers.
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
ENGINE JUST ABOVE WATERLINE
Water could run back into the engine if the vessel pitches on its
mooring – or a wave could do the same. There are two solutions:
HALYARD® LIFT SILENCERS - LLOYDS APPROVED
UP TO 50% NOISE REDUCTION
Halyard® Lift silencers are designed for use with engines positioned on,
or below waterline.
Halyard® Lift Silencers are as popular with generators as they are with
propulsion engines.
186
SIDE IN, TOP OUT LIFT SILENCERS
The side in, top out lift silencer is the best selling small lift silencer in
the Halyard® range.
Every unit is pressure tested and gel-coated for a durable and smart
appearance.
Available lengths: page 189
TOP IN, TOP OUT LIFT SILENCERS
In many applications a top inlet unit will be easier to use. The noise
result and cost are the same as the side inlet units, and the same
rigorous quality tests apply.
Available lengths: page 189
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
HORIZONTAL LIFT SILENCERS
These low lying units can be very useful in sailing yachts, where the
silencer needs to be secured alongside the propeller shaft. The
moulded ends are used on smaller units.
Available lengths: page 190
HALYARD® IN-LINE SILENCERS - LLOYDS APPROVED
UP TO 50% NOISE REDUCTION
Halyard® in-line silencers are used where the engine is well above the
water-line, or where a high-riser has been fitted to achieve a 1 in 8
gradient from the engine to the transom outlet. They are simple to
specify and fit, and ideally need to be 0,5m to 1m behind the engine.
The internal design requires the exhaust gasses and water to bubble
through a layer of water on the bottom of the silencer to reduce
noise. They offer excellent noise reduction and are widely used on
both pleasure and commercial engines.
ROUND IN-LINE SILENCERS
These silencers are made from enormously strong filament wound
tube, giving the maximum possible protection if the exhaust back-fires.
Every unit is pressure tested before being gel-coated. They must be
installed within 5 degrees of horizontal.
Available lengths: page 190
OVAL IN-LINE SILENCERS
Our oval silencers are hand-moulded for use where the round body
unit cannot be accommodated. They give the same excellent results
and every single unit is pressure tested and gel-coated. The inlets can
be angled to ease the connection to the engine and positioned on the
end or the side.
Available lengths: page 190
HALYARD® DUAL CHAMBER SILENCERS - LLOYDS APPROVED
UP TO 80% NOISE REDUCTION
Halyard® Dual Chamber silencers is the best wet-exhaust silencer on the
market today.
Exhaust noise reductions of up to 80% can be achieved and the back
pressure created by the unit is minimal.
Most units are hand-built with inlet and outlet positioned to suit the
particular craft.
187
The quality standards applied are designed to give a life in excess of
ten years on a privately owned craft.
Available lengths: see page 190
HALYARD® EXHAUST WATER SEPARATORS - LLOYDS APPROVED
NOISE REDUCTION UP TO 90%
Fitting a water separator into the exhaust to
replace the gooseneck removes water once it
has done its cooling job, draining this quietly
away below waterline. Back pressure is
reduced dramatically. The separator removes
the principal cause of back pressure and stops
the sploshing noise which accompanies every
marine engine ticking over in a harbour – or
on a generator sploshing away in a quiet
haven somewhere, to the fury of nearby
boats.
EXHAUST WATER SEPARATORS MS SERIES
The MS Series of exhaust water separators
covers a wide range of exhaust diameters, for
generators and propulsion engines with
cooling water flow rates of up to 40 liters per
minute. The MS unit will remove all but a tiny
trickle of water.
MS 4000 SERIES
PART No.
HALYARD PART. N°
66902 R
H012752
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
269
90
269
73
100
38
38
HALYARD® CAN SUPPLY ON REQUEST EXHAUST SEPARATORS COMPLETE WITH STANDARD HOSES (UP TO 160°C) OR
SILICON HOSES (UP TO 270°C), AND COMPLETE WITH SILICON FITTINGS AND BRONZE SIPHON BREAK.
For any further information, please contact our Technical Service.
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
Halyard developed the concept of water separation and now designs and produces systems for engines ranging from
small diesel generators through to mighty power providers on super-yachts and commercial craft.
HALYARD® SILENCERS AND EXHAUST WATER SEPARATORS – LLOYDS APPROVED
MS 5000 SERIES
■ Three sizes cover exhaust diameters of 45 mm, 50 mm, 60 mm (1 3/4", 2”, 2 ½")
■ Maximum water flow rate: 45 litres per minute
HALYARD
PART NO.
A
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
F
mm
G
mm
66710 F
H010257
306
89
306
133
125
50
45
66812 P
H010258
306
89
306
83
125
50
50
66711 H
H010261
306
89
306
164
125
63
60
66708 V
H010259
306
112
306
133
125
50
45
66882 M
H010260
306
112
306
83
125
50
50
66709 X
H010262
306
112
306
164
125
63
60
MS5020
MS5030
MS5020
MS5030
MS5025
MS5005 E
MS5015
MS5010
E
MS5005
MS5010
E
■ Size covers exhaust diameter: 75 mm (3”)
■ Maximum water flow rate: 65 litres per minute
180
100
180
H07889
straight outlet
371
100
371
66884 S
H08363
90 deg. outlet
371
143
371
MS7505
D
66883 P
MS7510
B
A
C
100
MS7505
MS7510
D
E
mm
C
D
D
mm
B
A
C
C
C
mm
C
B
mm
D
A
mm
B
A
B
A
E
MS7505
E
D
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
B
A
MS 7500 SERIES
HALYARD
PART No. PART NO.
MS5010
MS5015
E
D
188
MS5025
MS5025
C
PART No.
E
E
MID-GEN EXHAUST WATER SEPARATORS
PART No.
HALYARD
PART NO.
A1
mm (“)
B C D
mm mm mm
E
mm (“)
F G H
mm mm mm
65843 W
HFS025
60 - (2.5) 140 100 356 38 - (1.5) 144 100 70
65845 A
HFS035
89 - (3.5) 140 110 406 51 - (2.0) 144 100 70
65568 A
HFS040
102 - (4.0) 170 110 398 51 - (2.0) 144 100 85
MID-ENGINE EXHAUST WATER SEPARATORS
PART No.
HALYARD
PART NO.
A1
mm
A2
mm
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
F
mm
G
mm
65846 C
HWS035
90
90
38
250
356
356
120
110
65847 E
HWS040
102
102
38
260
356
356
120
110
65848 G
HWS050
127
127
51
310
406
406
150
112
65849 J
HWS060
152
152
51
335
406
406
158
100
HALYARD® SILENCERS AND EXHAUST WATER SEPARATORS – LLOYDS APPROVED
LIFT SILENCERS (UP TO 40% NOISE REDUCTION)
HALYARD
PART NO.
A
mm (“)
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
E
mm
WEIGHT
Kg
65850 T
HTT005
38 - (1.50)
164
200
51
44
1,4
65851 V
HTT010
38 - (1.50)
233
200
51
44
1,6
1,7
65852 X
HTT025
40 - (1.62)
164
200
51
44
65853 Z
HTT030
40 - (1.62)
233
200
51
44
1,8
65854 B
HTT040
45 - (1.77)
164
200
51
44
1,7
65855 D
HTT045
45 - (1.77)
233
200
51
44
1,8
65856 F
HTT055
51 - (2.00)
164
200
71
44
1,8
65857 H
HTT065
51 - (2.00)
270
275
51
68
3,7
4,2
65858 K
HTT070
51 - (2.00)
305
324
80
84
65896 U
HTT085
60 - (2.38)
270
275
60
68
4,0
65897 W
HTT090
64 - (2.50)
270
275
64
68
3,6
65898 Y
HTT110
75 - (3.00)
270
275
76
68
4,0
65899 A
HTT115
90 - (3.50)
305
324
90
84
5,4
65900 F
HTT120
100 - (4.00)
305
340
102
70
6,3
65901 H
HTT125
125 - (5.00)
360
446
127
83
8,4
65902 K
HTT130
150 - (6.00)
360
446
127
102
9,3
PART No.
HALYARD
PART NO.
A1
mm (“)
A2
mm (“)
B
C
D
F WEIGHT
mm mm mm mm Kg
65903 M
HST005
38 - (1.50)
38 - (1.50) 186 200
38
95
1,5
65904 P
HST010
38 - (1.50)
38 - (1.50) 233 200
38
142
1,5
65905 S
HST025
40 - (1.62)
40 - (1.62) 186 200
40
94
1,7
65906 U
HST035
40 - (1.62)
40 - (1.62) 270 275
40
175
3,9
65907 W
HST055
45 - (1.75)
45 - (1.75) 233 200
45
139
1,8
65908 Y
HST105
50 - (2.00)
50 - (2.00) 233 200
51
136
2,0
65769 L
HST110
50 - (2.00)
50 - (2.00) 270 275
51
170
4,0
65909 A
HST115
50 - (2.00)
50 - (2.00) 305 324
81
203
4,7
65910 J
HST145
60 - (2.38)
60 - (2.38) 305 324
60
199
4,4
65911 L
HST150
60 - (2.38)
60 - (2.38) 270 275
60
165
4,0
65912 N
HST165
64 - (2.50)
64 - (2.50) 270 275
64
163
4,2
65913 R
HST200
75 - (3.00)
75 - (3.00) 270 275
76
158
4,3
65914 T
HST205
75 - (3.00)
75 - (3.00) 293 324 100 191
4,5
65783 H
HST210
90 - (3.50)
90 - (3.50) 305 324
4,4
65770 V
HST215
100 - (4.00) 100 - (4.00) 305 324 102 191
4,7
65915 V
HST220
125 - (5.00) 125 - (5.00) 370 446 102 224
7,8
90
184
65916 X
HST225
125 - (5.00) 125 - (5.00) 343 340 114 219
8,2
65917 Z
HST230
150 - (6.00) 150 - (6.00) 370 446 127 254
11,4
65918 B
HST235
150 - (6.00) 200 - (8.00) 370 446 152 222
12,4
65919 D
HST240
200 - (8.00) 200 - (8.00) 585 446 152 392
15,0
PART No.
HALYARD
PART NO.
A
mm (“)
B
mm
C
mm
189
D
mm
F
mm
G
°
WEIGHT
Kg
65920 M
HAT015
60 - (2.38)
285
275
60
175
30
4,1
65921 P
HAT020
76 - (3.00)
295
275
76
175
30
3,3
65922 S
HAT025
90 - (3.50)
305
324
90
175
30
4,8
65923 U
HAT030
90 - (3.50)
257
275
89
152
30
3,3
65924 W
HAT035
100 - (4.00)
486
340
130
292
35
7,6
65925 Y
HAT040
100 - (4.00)
304
340
86
179
35
6,1
65926 A
HAT043
114 - (4.50)
483
340
135
305
35
6,6
65927 C
HAT045
125 - (5.00)
483
340
135
305
35
7,1
65928 E
HAT050
152 - (6.00)
365
446
200
230
35
8,0
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
PART No.
HALYARD® SILENCERS AND EXHAUST WATER SEPARATORS – LLOYDS APPROVED
LIFT SILENCERS (up to 40% noise reduction)
PART No.
190
HALYARD
PART NO.
A
mm (“)
B
mm
C
mm
D
mm
F
mm
WEIGHT
Kg
1,5
65929 G
HEE005
38 - (1.50)
270
186
51
137
65930 R
HEE010
40 - (1.62)
270
186
51
137
1,8
65931 T
HEE020
45 - (1.77)
270
186
51
137
1,8
65932 V
HEE035
50 - (2.00)
355
186
51
137
2,2
4,4
65933 X
HEE040
50 - (2.00)
440
254
51
200
65934 Z
HEE045
50 - (2.00)
270
186
51
137
2,1
65935 B
HEE060
60 - (2.38)
330
262
51
200
3,8
65936 D
HEE065
60 - (2.38)
450
262
51
200
4,4
65937 F
HEE070
64 - (2.50)
440
262
51
200
4,3
65938 H
HEE080
75 - (3.00)
440
262
76
200
4,5
65939 K
HEE090
90 - (3.50)
465
254
89
184
4,0
65940 U
HEE095
100 - (4.00)
462
305
102
192
5,5
65941 W
HEE100
114 - (4.50)
462
305
114
192
6,2
65942 Y
HEE105
125 - (5.00)
599
305
111
241
9,9
IN-LINE SILENCERS (up to 40% noise reduction)
SILENCING AND EXHAUST SYSTEMS
PART No.
HALYARD
PART NO.
A1
mm (“)
A2
mm (“)
B
C
D
G WEIGHT
mm mm mm mm Kg
65943 A
HILR003
60 - (2.38)
60 - (2.38) 152 343
70
40
2,2
65944 C
HILR005
75 - (3.00)
75 - (3.00) 203 485
75
59
2,9
65945 E
HILR010
90 - (3.50)
90 - (3.50) 207 590 100
53
3,3
65946 G
HILR015
100 - (4.00) 100 - (4.00) 254 645 100
68
5,8
65947 J
HILR020
115 - (4.50) 115 - (4.50) 254 730 115
61
6,3
65948 L
HILR025
125 - (5.00) 125 - (5.00) 254 800 127
55
7,7
65949 N
HILR030
125 - (5.00) 150 - (6.00) 305 1016 127
65
9,4
65950 X
HILR035
150 - (6.00) 150 - (6.00) 305 965 152
65
10,4
65951 Z
HILR040
150 - (6.00) 200 - (8.00) 398 1280 200
94
16,0
65952 B
HILR045
200 - (8.00) 200 - (8.00) 398 1282 203
94
*
65954 F
HILR050
250 - (10.00) 250 - (10.00) 446 1600 254
87
*
65955 H
HILR055
300 - (12.00) 300 - (12.00) 459 1918 305 116
*
PART No.
HALYARD
PART NO.
A1
mm (“)
A2
mm (“)
C D E F G WEIGHT
mm mm mm mm mm Kg
65956 K
HIL0005
125 - (5.00) 125 - (5.00) 800 140 229 385 118 10,8
65957 M
HIL0006
125 - (5.00) 150 - (6.00) 940 152 225 385 105 10,6
65958 P
HIL0010
150 - (6.00) 150 - (6.00) 940 152 225 385 105
9,5
65959 S
HIL0012
150 - (6.00) 200 - (8.00) 1334 203 270 420 93
12,0
65960 A
HIL0015
200 - (8.00) 200 - (8.00) 1282 203 270 420 93
16,0
65961 C
HIL0016
200 - (8.00) 250 - (10.00) 1164 203 295 465 87
21,5
65962 E
HIL0020
250 - (10.00) 250 - (10.00) 1600 254 365 630 164
*
*Weight on request.
DUAL CHAMBER SILENCERS (up to 70% noise reduction)
PART No.
HALYARD
PART NO.
A1
mm (“)
A2
mm (“)
B C
mm mm
65964 J
HDC025
100 - (4.00) 100 - (4.00) 600 420
65965 L
HDC035
125 - (5.00) 125 - (5.00) 700 420
65966 N
HDC040
125 - (5.00) 150 - (6.00) 800 420
65967 R
HDC045
150 - (6.00) 150 - (6.00) 800 420
65968 T
HDC050
150 - (6.00) 200 - (8.00) 800 420
65969 V
HDC055
200 - (8.00) 200 - (8.00) 900 525
65970 D
HDC060
200 - (8.00) 250 - (10.00) 900 628
65971 F
HDC065
250 - (10.00) 250 - (10.00) 1000 628
65972 H
HDC070
300 - (12.00) 300 - (12.00) 1000 672
NOISE INSULATION MATERIALS
HALYARD® QUALITY
Marine diesels create very high noise levels – often well over 100 decibels.
Engines are always located close to the boat user, generally in engine spaces
made from GRP, timber, or steel. Noise insulation changes all this. It adds a soft
facing to hard bulkheads to absorb noise and stop it bouncing around and
growing. It features a clever multi-layer construction to make a thin material
more effective than simple insulations many times thicker.
■ The absorption layer
A thick layer of fire zero rated foam which soaks up noise and stops it
bouncing around the engine space.
191
■ The transmission layer
A high density barrier provides the highest possible mass and gives the best
noise reduction. The damping layer weighs 5kgs per square meter – more than
the lead sheet used in older materials.
■ The isolation layer
This thin layer of foam has a crucial function: It acts like the gap in double
glazing and stops the noise which hits the transmission layer being carried
through to the bulkhead – just like the gap in double glazing.
The multi-layer construction used in Halyard® materials offers the best possible
acoustic result in a thicknesses which can be accommodated in the tightest
engine space, beating simpler materials many times as thick.
PROTECTIVE SKIN
■ Maritex
An immensely tough fibreglass cloth with a sealed metallised skin so it cannot
absorb oil. It won’t tear or fray. It looks heavy duty, and it is fire zero rated.
Maritex is simply the best facing in the Halyard® range.
Maritex is fire zero rated to BS 476 parts 6 and 7.
■ Re-inforced Silver Polyester
This facing meets the requirements of the Recreational Craft Directive. It
provides a seal to keep oil out. You can pierce it, but it has a reinforcing layer
behind it. It will burn, but once laminated in place it meets the ISO 9094 fire
requirements of the EU Recreational Craft Directive. In a fire the facing will
burn, but not the foam behind it.
HOW TO CHOOSE THE PROPER THICKNESS
■ 45mm (1.75").
This unique double damper material was invented by Halyard® and is designed
to give the best possible result for the minimum thickness and weight. It is
used where big turbo-charged engines are involved, or for vessels where noise
is a particular problem
Sealglass
Supplied with 2 sheets 1000 mm x 600 mm (39” x 24”) per box
■ 2mm (1.25").
The standard thickness used throughout the industry. Today’s fire zero rated
foams have increased the weight and made this material even more effective.
32 mm is the choice for any installation where the builder wants an excellent
result at a sensible cost. Remember, you can always double layer it in critical
areas.
Supplied with 4 sheets 1000 mm x 600 mm (39” x 24”) per box
■ 12mm (0.5").
The budget material when thickness or cost are crucial. Although it is only
12mm or half an inch thick, this material is highly effective and will reduce
noise by 50% if used properly. You can also double layer it in places.
Supplied with 4 sheets 1000 mm x 600 mm (39” x 24”) per box
Re-inforced Silver Polyester
NOISE INSULATION MATERIALS
■ Sealglass
A tough off-white glass cloth, sealed against oil. The cloth is extremely tough
and will not tear. The sealant will burn off in a fire. The material meets the ISO
9094 fire requirements of the EU Recreational Craft Directive.
3/4 Ply Only
15
10
5
45125
NOISE INSULATION MATERIALS
250
40
500
1000
Frequency Hz
2000
4000
3/4 Ply + 45mm Halyard Material
66383 T
S3002
Maritex faced material
66384 V
S3004
Sealglass faced material
66385 X
S3003
Reinforced silver polyester faced material
35
Noise Loss dB Noise Loss dB
12 mm (1/2") Materials - All are supplied with 4 sheets 1000 x 600mm (39" x 24") per box: tot 2,4 m2
12 mm (1/2") Self-adhesive materials - All are supplied with 4 sheets 1000 x 600mm (39" x 24") per box: tot 2,4 m2
192
66386 Z
S5002
Maritex faced material
66387 B
S5004
Sealglass faced material
45
30
40
25
35
20
3/4 Ply Only
3/4 Pl + 12mm Halyard Material
30
15
25
10
205
125
15
250
500
1000
2000
3/4 Ply Only
Frequency Hz
4000
250
500
1000
Frequency Hz
4000
10
5
45125
40
S5003
Reinforced silver polyester faced material
32mm (1.25") Materials - All are supplied with 4 sheets 1000mm x 600mm (39" x 24") per box: tot 2,4 m2
66007 M
S3017
Maritex faced material
66389 F
S3015
Sealglass faced material
66390 P
S3016
Reinforced silver polyester faced material
35
12 MM
(1/2") MATERIALS
45
30
3/4 Pl + 12mm Halyard Material
These
material
offers around 12dB reduction
40
25
and above, but its efficiency
at 1000Hz
35
20
Ply + 32mmnoises
Halyard Material
reduces
with the3/4
heavier
of lower
3/4 Ply Only
30
15
frequencies. The overall reduction will give
25
excellent
results with smaller, lighter engines.
10
Noise Loss dB Noise Loss dB
66388 D
20
5
125
15
5
45125
Maritex faced material
66392 U
S5015
Sealglass faced material
66393 W
S5016
Reinforced silver polyester faced material
45mm (1.75") Materials - All are supplied with 2 sheets 1000mm x 600mm (39" x 24") per box: tot 1,2 m2
500
1000
2000
3/4 Ply Only
Frequency Hz
4000
250
500
1000
Frequency Hz
4000
40
35
Noise Loss dB
S5017
250
10
32mm (1.25") Self-adhesive materials - All are supplied with 4 sheets 1000mm x 600mm (39" x 24") per box: tot 2,4 m2
66391 S
Maritex faced material
3/4 Ply + 32mm Halyard Material
25
20
3/4 Ply Only
66395 A
S3037
Sealglass faced material
66396 C
S3038
Reinforced silver polyester faced material
45mm (1.75") Self-adhesive materials* - All are supplied with 2 sheets 1000mm x 600mm (39" x 24") per box: tot 1,2 m2
66397 E
S5039
Maritex faced material
66398 G
S5037
Sealglass faced material
66399 J
S5038
Reinforced silver polyester faced material
10
5
125
250
500
1000
Frequency Hz
2000
4000
32MM (1.25") MATERIALS
The 32 mm materials offer a startling 15dB
reduction at 1000Hz. Noise doubles every
three decibels, so this is nearly three times as
good as the 12mm. It also holds a good
performance at lower frequencies, making it
excellent with larger engines.
*Self-adhesive materials have to be fixed when ceiling mounted
JOINING TAPES
66400 P
S4021
45
40
5m x 50mm (16’x2”) Sealglass tapes
3/4 Ply + 45mm Halyard Material
66008 P
S4025
5m x 50mm (16’x2”) Maritex tapes
66401 S
S4035
10m x 50mm (33’x2”) Re-inforced silver polyester tapes
66402 U
S4036
50m x 50mm (164’x2”) Re-inforced silver polyester tapes
Noise Loss dB
35
30
25
20
3/4 Ply Only
15
10
5
125
PACKAGING
■ 12 mm (1/2") and 32 mm (1.25”) Materials
Every sheet is 1000mm x 600mm (39”x24”). 4 sheets per box: total 2,4 m2 (26
sq ft). Weight per box: 14 kg (12 mm) and 19 kg (32 mm).
■ 45mm (1.75") Materials
Every sheet is 1000mm x 600mm (39”x24”). 2 sheets per box: total 1,2 m2 (13
sq ft). Weight per box: 16 kg.
250
500
1000
Frequency Hz
2000
4000
45
45MM
(1.75") MATERIALS
40 materials offer more noise reduction than
These
other.
35 They are suggested when noise is a serious
problem.
Noise Loss dB
NOISE INSULATION MATERIALS
S3039
2000
30
15
66394 Y
2000
30
3/4 Pl + 12mm Halyard Material
25
20
3/4 Ply Only
15
PUREGEN
REMOVING SOOT SYSTEM FROM GENERATOR EXHAUST
Puregen removes soot from generator exhausts.
Some soot emerges from the exhaust gas outlet as
smoke – unsightly and smelly. Some soot is
generally scrubbed from the exhaust gas by the
exhaust system water separator, and washes out
into the surrounding water.
It floats, and in quiet waters forms a light blue
sheen on the water surface. Anyone going for an
early morning swim, after running a generator all
night, can find this greasy soot deposited lightly on
their bikini, swimming shorts, and skin.
Superyacht skippers will move the yacht first thing
in the morning, to allow guests a cleaner swim.
Puregen removes soot from the exhaust gas.
193
PUREGEN FILTER
HEATER UNIT
The inlet and outlet photos show clearly the
difference made with soot deposits on the input
side, and clean filters on the outlet side.
Intermittent gas heating then ensures destruction
of the soot on the input side.
GENERATOR
The preheater cuts in for 10 minutes each hour,
raising the temperature of the exhaust gas and
ensuring all soot is burnt from the ceramic filter.
Preheater timing is adjustable. The preheater uses
approx 10kW for ten minutes each hour.
The filter efficiency remains almost constant as it is
continually cleaned by the burning process.
The system adds between 2.5mbar and 10mbar in
back pressure.
A typical system for 150kw measures 300mm long
by 150mm diameter (preheater) and 900mm long x
300mm diameter (filter).
PUREGEN
The system uses a combination of a pre-heater and
a catalytically coated filter and is designed for
generators from 40kw to 500kw.
WAVESTREAM™ - LLOYDS APPROVED
BILGE WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM
WAVESTREAM MICRO - 65973 K
Designed for the bilges of day boats, RIBs and small sports boats or where minimal space is available, the Micro unit is
easy to connect into the bilge water system, using ¾” BSP connections. Filter cartridges can be replaced in seconds.
194
■ Flow rate:
■ Max. pressure:
■ Max. temperature:
■ Min. temperature:
■ Connections:
■ Cartridge:
1 – 40 liters/minute
10 bar
40°C
1° C
3/4” BSP
WS-CM – 65977 U
WAVESTREAM 1000 - 65974 M
The 1000 system has a larger filter element to cope with the demands of larger pleasure boats up to 20m. 3/4” BSP
connections are used, and the flow rate, at 40 liters, is the same as the Micro system but filter cartridge replacement
intervals double.
BILGE WATER FILTRATION SYSTEM
■ Flow rate:
■ Max. pressure:
■ Max. temperature:
■ Min. temperature:
■ Connections:
■ Cartridge:
1-40 liters/minute
8 bar
40°C
1°C
3/4” BSP
WS-C1 - 65978 W
WAVESTREAM 2000 - 65975 P
Recommended for large pleasure craft and commercial boats, the 2000 system will handle bilge pump flow rates up to
265 liters per minute with a 117mm diameter filter cartridge and 1 1/2” BSP connections.
■ Flow rate:
■ Min. pressure:
■ Max. pressure:
■ Max. temperature:
■ Min. temperature:
■ Connections:
■ Cartridge:
1-265 liters/minute
0,5 bar
6,8 bar
37°C
1°C
1 1/2” BSP
WS-C2 - 65979 Y
WAVESTREAM 3000 - 65976 S
The 3000 is designed for large commercial craft and ships. It incorporates a massive filter cartridge almost 500mm long,
with significantly increased capacity. The flow rate and BSP connectors are common with the 2000 series.
■ Flow rate:
■ Min. pressure:
■ Max. pressure:
■ Max. temperature:
■ Min. temperature:
■ Connections:
■ Cartridge:
1-265 liters/minute
0,5 bar
6,2 bar
37°C
1°C
1 1/2” BSP
WS-C3 - 65980 G
Climate Control Technology for Yachts and Boats
MARINE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS
195
SELF-CONTAINED REVERSE CYCLE AIR CONDITIONERS
220/240 V – 50 Hz MAB SERIES
MARVAIR®’s water source self-contained
reverse cycle air conditioners are designed for
use in either fresh or slt water.
The self-contained units are complete
packaged units factory charged with R-410A
refrigerant and wired.
R-410A
SELF-CONTAINED AIR CONDITIONERS
196
FEATURES
■ Reverse cycle operation
■ High efficiency Tecumseh and Copeland
compressors
■ Enhanced thermal performance with the
cupronickel, eight volute, multi-lead inner
tube
■ Backward inclined impeller, with Venturi
ring, for incredible performance and very
quiet operation
■ Three duct outlets eliminate the need to
rotate the blower, saving installation time
■ Quieter blowers than conventional
centrifugal ones
■ Corrosion resistant backed polyester copper
coil
■ Stainless steel base pan with an insulated
anti vibration pad
■ All units are built using R-410A refrigerant
which is environmentally friendly, non
ozone depleting and accepted for use
throughout the European Community
■ “EASY START” function included
■ All units can be controlled by either the
o-Touch or o-LED thermostat with dual fan
speed regulation. The cooling or heating
and the fan speed can be controlled
automatically or manually. Thermostat is
required and ordered separately
MAB16RC
o-Touch - 68208
o-LED - 68145 L
All units meet CE directives, applicable ABYC
and US Coast Guard regulations
Marvair® is an ISO 9001-2008 registered
company
MODEL
MAB07
MAB10
MAB12
MAB16
MAB24
Part No.
68235 M
68299 R
68300 W
68234 K
68302 A
7.000
10.000
12.000
16.000
24.000
Nominal Capacity BTUH
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MODEL
Volt/phaseHz
MAB10
MAB12
MAB16
MAB24
220-240/1/50
220-240/1/50
220-240/1/50
220-240/1/50
220-240/1/50
LRA
Amp
18,8
21,0
21,0
24,5
61,0
KVA
kg/Volt/Amp
0,9
1,0
1,0
1,4
2,8
Unit Run Cooling
Amp
2,80
3,20
3,20
4,39
8,26
Unit Run Heating
Amp
3,74
4,22
4,22
5,89
11,86
Protection
Amp
10
10
10
10
25
Cable size
mm²
2,5
2,5
2,5
4,0
6,0
645
645
900
1110
1550
260
390
450
540
1240
365
408
323
323
442
365
544
518
1062
790
Minimum Opening
for Return Air Grill
cm²
Minimum Opening
for Supply Air Grill
cm²
Nominal Air Flow
m³/h
Minimum Hose Size
Minimum Water Flow
197
12,7
15,2
15,2
17,8
20,3
cm
17,8
17,8
17,8
20,3
20,3
l/min
7,6
11,0
13,3
17,8
26,5
GPH
120
174
210
282
420
Dimensions L x H x P
cm
61,0x34,6x27,9
61,0x34,6x27,9
63,5x35,2x27,9
63,5x35,2x27,9
-
Weight
kg
33,5
33,5
35
35
57,1
LRA: Locked Rotor Amp (compressor only)
Cool: 7°C evaporator and 38°C condenser
Heat: 7°C evaporator and 54°C condenser
Two oval hose adapters are shipped with each MAB unit
ACCESSORIES FOR MAB UNITS
■ Sea water pump kit
■ Air duct, supply grill(s) and return grill
■ Plumbing fittings
■ Thermostat: o-Touch 68208 J or o-LED 68145 L
SEA WATER PUMPS FOR MAB UNITS
PUMP MODEL
PSL-250-29
PSA-500-29
PSA-1000-29
68303 C
68304 E
68305 G
MAB07/10/12
MAB16
MAB24
Capacity
250 GPH
500 GPH
985 GPH
Volt/Fasi/ Hz
230/1/50
230/1/50
230/1/50
Inlet
¾” MPT
¾” FPT
1” FPT
Outlet
¼” MPT
½” MPT
½” MPT
Part No.
MAB model
PUMP ACCESSORIES
■ Pump relay 2-6 PRP two to six units - 68339 A
■ Reservoir tank for pump 250-1000 - 68340 J
■ Pump mounting kit for PSA-1000 type - 68341 L
SELF-CONTAINED AIR CONDITIONERS
Voltage
MAB07
SELF-CONTAINED DC AIR CONDITIONERS
12V DC & 24V DC
The MARVAIR® 12 and 24 Volt DC air conditioners are designed to operate directly from a DC power supply – an inverter
is not required.
The DC units provide an ideal solution for cooling when off-grid or renewable sources, e.g. solar photovoltaic (PV), fuel
cells or wind generated electricity are available.
The refrigerant is R-134A, non-flammable, environmentally friendly and non-ozone depleting.
198
SELF-CONTAINED DC AIR CONDITIONERS
12V DC SMB05 KIT
■ Nominal cooling capacity of 5.000 BTUH
■ SMB05 can be operated directly from
batteries and can be used dockside with a
suitable battery charger
■ Draws a nominal 30 Amp, including a small
circulating pump
■ Single duct discharge
■ Operating voltage: 9V DC to 17V DC
■ Remotely mounted control box with a 4,5’
cable
■ The SMB05 kit includes the o-LED
thermostat, the water pump and 5 m (15’)
of cable
SMB05
24V DC SMB14 KIT
■ Variable capacity of 7.000 to 14.000 BTUH
■ SMB14 can be operated directly from
batteries or dockside and, with the
appropriate charging device, run from a
conventional 12 V DC system
■ Draws 13 to 32 Amp, excluding the
circulating pump
■ Top and side duct discharge
■ Operating voltage: Nominal 24V DC
■ Remotely mounted control box with a 4,5’
cable
■ The SMB14 kit includes the o-Touch
thermostat, the water pump and 5 m (15’)
of cable
SMB14
ACCESSORIES FOR DC UNITS
■ Supply and return grilles
■ Plumbing fitting
MODEL
SMB05
SMB14
Part No.
68308 N
68309 R
5.000
Variabile da 7.000 a 14.000
Nominal capacity
Minimum Water Flow
BTUH
l/min
6,0
DimensionsL x H x P
cm
43,0 x 26,8 x 24,4
Weight
kg
15,9
63,5 x 35,6 x 27,9
REVERSE CYCLE CHILLERS AND
CHILLED WATER AIR HANDLERS
The MARVAIR® line of reverse cycle chillers are
self contained units designed for use with
chilled water handlers. The units are available
in multiple cooling capacities for operation on
various voltages.
199
All units meet CE directives, applicable ABYC
and US Coast Guard regulations
Marvair® is an ISO 9001-2008 registered company
REVERSE CYCLE CHILLERS
FEATURES
■ Reverse cycle operation
■ Low vibration scroll compressor insures quiet
operation as well as energy efficiency
■ Coaxial tube-in-tube cupronickel heat
exchanger and copper refrigerant tubing
■ Revolutionary blower with Venturi ring
increases air flow and reduces sound level
■ Air handlers with multiport discharge plunum
allow for multiple duct connections and
eliminate the need for “Y” and “T” adapters
and rotating of the blower
■ Air handlers quiet operation provided by the
“Quiet Fan Technology”
■ Air handlers coil is dipped in a corrosion
resistant polyester enamel
■ Air handlers feature a stainless steel base pan
with an insulated anti vibration pad
■ All units are built using R-410A refrigerant
which is environmentally friendly, non ozone
depleting and accepted for use throughout
the European Community
■ All units can be controlled by either the oTouch or o-LED thermostat with dual fan
speed regulation. The cooling or heating and
the fan speed can be controlled automatically
or manually. Thermostat is required and
ordered separately
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
CHILLER
CHA24RCW
CHA36RCW
CHA48RCW
CHA24RCE
CHA36RCE
CHA48RCE
Part No.
68310 Z
68311 B
68312 D
68313 F
68314 H
68315 K
24.000
36.000
48.000
24.000
36.000
48.000
220-240/1/50
220-240/1/50
220-240/1/50
380/3/50
380/3/50
380/3/50
6,1
9,8
13,0
2,7
3,8
4,7
MCA
13,6
20,0
26,4
6,4
7,4
9,7
MFS
20
35
45
10
10
15
LRA
10
10
10
10
25
25
Nominal Capacity
BTUH
Volt /Fase/Hz
Nominal cooling
200
Amp
Soft Start Amp
Dimensions
LxHxP
cm
55,9x47,3x33,0 55,9x47,3x33,0 66,0x52,9x35,1 55,9x47,3x33,0 55,9x47,3x33,0 66,0x52,9x35,1
Cooling: 7,2°C evaporator and 37,8°C condenser
MCA: Minimum Circuit Ampacity
MFS: Maximum Fuse Size
LRA: Locked Rotor Amp
Soft Start Amp: Approximate starting amp with Soft Start Device
CHILLED WATER
AIR HANDLERS
REVERSE CYCLE CHILLERS
Marvair® chilled water air handlers
(fan-coils) are available in multiple
capacities
AIR HANDLERS
CWAH04
CWAH06
CWAH09
CWAH12
CWAH18
CWAH24
Part No.
68316 M
68317 P
68318 S
68319 U
68320 C
68321 E
4.000
6.000
9.000
12.000
18.000
24.000
220/50
220/50
220/50
220/50
220/50
220/50
Nominal Capacity
BTUH
Volt/Hz
Dimensions
LxHxP
cm
36,5x28,8x27,9 39,1x28,6x27,9 42,9x33,3x27,5 44,1x33,0x26,5 45,4x33,6x29,9 58,7x43,0x34,9
DISPLAY AND CONTROL BOARD FOR CHILLERS
The display of the chiller is on a cable (up to 50’/15,2 m) to allow
mounting for easy viewing and access.
Marvair® chillers, air handlers and self-contained units (DX Systems)
use the same control board. It is easily configured for the various
displays/thermostats by simply moving jumpers on the board: the
board automatically recognizes what display is connected to.
The control board is easy to set up for operation with a single or two
chillers.
SINGLE STAGE
CONTROLS
Part No.
Compressor
o-LED CW 1/1
o-LED CW 1/3
68322 G
68323 J
1
3
201
CONTROL BOX
CHILLED WATER ACCESSORIES
CHILLED WATER PUMPS AND SEA WATER PUMPS:
■ Please contact our Technical Service for pump specifications
■ Pump Relay 68324 L – 2-6 PRP two to six units 230V 1 phase
■ SecureStart 68344 T – The SecureStart is designed to reduce the inrush currents to the single phase compressors
■ Variable Frequency Drive – The Variable Frequency Drive is designed to reduce the inrush currents to the 3-phase
compressors
FILL COMPONENTS
68325 N: Backflow Preventer ½” FPT w/valves
68326 R: Fill Assembly ½” FPT, Press Reducer & Fill Valve
68327 T: Press Reducing Valve, 12PSI, ½” FPT
AUTOMATIC AIR VENTS:
68328 V: Spirotop ½”
68329 X: Spirovent 1-¼“ in-line 15 GPM (60k BTU)
68330 F: Spirovent 1-½” in-line 30 GPM (120k BTU)
GRILLS:
A wide selection of return air and discharge grills is available. Please contact our Technical Assistance for details.
REVERSE CYCLE CHILLERS
HEATER ASSEMBLY FOR AIR HANDLERS
■ 1,5 kW, 240V 68342 N
■ 3,0 kW, 240V 68343 R
ULTRAFLEX®
AND UFLEX®
MARKETING ITEMS
202
ULTRAFLEX WHEELS DISPLAY
67436 T - Fashionable dismountable display in
light gray painted metal.
1700 mm
500 mm
DISPLAYS – MARKETING ITEMS
UFLEX and ULTRAFLEX ADHESIVE LABELS:
Printed on transparent vinyl
UFLEX - 65360 Z
Dimensions: 450 x 130 mm (17.71” x 5.12”)
ULTRAFLEX - 65359 R
Dimensions: 300 x 130 (11.81” x 5.12”)
FOREX:
65369 U - Dimensions: cm 70 x 100 (2.29’ x 3.28’)
65370 C - Dimensions: cm 119 x 168 (3.9’ x 5.5’)
Please contact
our Marketing
Department to
ask for the CD
with all FOREX
available.
500 mm
ULTRAFLEX®
AND UFLEX®
MARKETING ITEMS
UFLEX FLAG - 65226 V:
Dimensions: 150 x 225 cm (4.92’ x 7.38’)
UFLEX flags are made of high resistance
nylon, with anti-tears double hem,
strengthening side sheathing and fixing line.
The logo is printed on both sides and they are
resistant to sunwear and washing.
203
65266 V
UFLEX SHIRT:
Size S - 65355 G
Size M - 65356 J
Size L - 65357 L
Size XL - 65358 N
FOREX WITH DIGITAL PHOTO AND VIDEO
FRAME
Display digital photos and videos without PC
or laptop.
Insert memory card (included) into photo
frame to view Ultraflex or Uflex products or
videos.
Remote control, USB connection cable and AC
Adapter are included.
Power Supply: 110 - 220V ≈ 50/60Hz
CE and RoHS certified
68178 C - ULTRAFLEX® Forex with digital photo
frame and memory card presenting Ultraflex
products and videos.
Dimensions: cm 32 x 49 (1.04’ x 1.60’)
68177 A - UFLEX® Forex with digital photo
frame and memory card presenting Uflex
products and videos.
Dimensions: cm 32 x 49 (1.04’ x 1.60’)
68111 T - RAILBLAZA Forex with digital photo
frame and memory card presenting Railblaza
products and videos.
Dimensions: cm 32 x 49 (1.04’ x 1.60’)
new
DISPLAYS – MARKETING ITEMS
UFLEX CAP - 65613 C
Heavy cotton with adjustable
back strip
Cover picture: Giorgio C. Tagliafico – www.maremosso.it <http://www.maremosso.it/> Courtesy of Mussini Giorgio & O. S.n.c. Shipyard
UFLEX s.r.l.
Via Milite Ignoto 8A
16012 Busalla (GE) - Italy
T +39 010 9620310 F +39 010 9620333
[email protected]
www.ultraflexgroup.it
ULTRAFLEX GROUP
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement